#random fun idea for all of you writers
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Text
Writing idea
Hear me out!
So basically, there are these 2 rich people who have a baby, the parents die, leaving their child with the dad's best friend (who was and still is in love with the father) to raise the child
TIMESKIP, the child is now a teen who has a unique love of discovery, and well, she got into things like gaming, makeup and fashion, and with the amount of old money she has from her parents allowed her to do all of that, so, off to fun adventures (like traveling) with her personal butler to go!
And the first adventure is.... *drumroll here* becoming Youtubers! And maybe getting a fluffy friend
While our girlie gets famous, our dear bulter seems to disappear when our girlie is at school? Just what is he up too? (Also our darling little animal friend is VERY interested at the means of transport to different floors) (Which also have a strange mechanics beside it)
Will this lead to a break in their father-daughter relationship or strengthen them? (Spoiler, it's both)
Use this all you want! While the story in my head is more wholesome, you can also make it angsty
#writing#writing prompt#writers on tumblr#i had a vision#this was so cute#man i wanna write it out#i might post it here but i wanna bring it up with my best friend fist#since when did i use tumblr like this#i don't even know how to reblog#random fun idea for all of you writers#this was inspired by the big family home in toca life world#the girl's name was meant to be elisa but i have a character named elise and i thought it was confusting so i personally named her alysia#she also has pink hair *in my vision* so#her butler is called edwin alferd#i had another name for him but i forgot so i'm naming him edwin
1 note
Ā·
View note
Text
this is a shoutout to all of writblr but specifically my mutuals because after two hours of sitting on my bedroom floor doomscrolling tumblr i somehow have energy and motivation to write again! i love having a place to go that makes me feel better not worse booktok could never
if u see me on here in the next hour or so while im supposed to be writing no u didn't
#writers on tumblr#writeblr#writerscommunity#i love my mutuals#writer problems#ive had so many ideas but barely written bc ive been so busy#having time and motivation is so rare but its HERE NOW lets go#my ocs thank you they were getting sad for lack of attention#also! in reparation for all the random af and non-writer content ive been doing on this blog#im thinking i might post some wip content on here#stay tuned for mood boards#and also screenshots of actual quotes which encapsualte their characters#and maybe an asks game! bc asks are so fun
34 notes
Ā·
View notes
Note
hi hi! you can ignore this but i was really curious about your writing process?? you just write so well and iām curious to see how your work starts from an idea all the way to the finished product!!!
the way my jaw DROPPED rn like omfg are you talking to ME??? IāM SHOOK PLEASE YOU ARE WAY TOO KIND AND SO GENEROUS š my writing sucks ASS but thank you SO much youāre so sweet <333 i can try & let you know my process but tbh baby i do NOT have one š but iāll try to think of something š also iāll try to be as thorough/concise as possible but iām sorry if i tangent! ALSO thisāll be long bc iām a yapper so forgive me <3
1) everyone is different but in my case i have a tendency to ALWAYS think of new ideas for writing (at least for geto!) find a character that you can consistently think of ideas for bc theyāll serve as practice! also i JUST started writing a month or two ago so i, myself, am STILL practicing with every fic & i am always willing to learn!
most importantly, i write based off my whim! whatever idea has me in its clutches is the idea iām writing for, even if that means iām leaving other fic ideas in the dust at the moment! i recommend creating a list of fic ideas and save it as a draft (can be a wip list or literally just a random list depending on how many ideas you have!) ā for those i tend to jot down random dialogue, vibes i wanna express, plot points i really wanna show, the personality of geto or reader, & whatever randomly comes to mind pertaining to that fic! i write it all down!
2) it honestly changes between fic to fic but i recommend asking for requests in the beginning ā even writing just ONE thing will give you practice/an idea! so here are some examples of what iāve written so far:
- the first thing i wrote was a request for suguru being obsessed w satoruās girlfriend. the way i started that fic was thinking of the feeling that suguru would ultimately feel which was āguilt, shame, & desire.ā and then iā¦ personified? each thing! at first i personified guilt as an arachnid crawling in suguruās throat but it didnāt work as well for meā¦ and then i thought, āhow about a serpent?ā and it flowed much better -> slithering down his throat, embedding his fangs into his flesh leaving it raw, mangled, & bloody -> roaming across his heart/ribcage. and for that, and this may sound silly but i SWEAR by it, look up SYNONYMS for words on google! ādances along his bones -> pirouetting across his bonesā i think little nods like that can help you not sound too similar all the time or like youāre constantly repeating yourself! shame was expressed in alcohol (amber whiskey ties into his amber eyes as well) & desire was expressed within the flicker of a lighter reader gave him which he holds in his hands (he imagines the cold metal as readerās hands, which he ends up holding in his warm ones at the end)
- second fic āblack is the color of my true loveās hairā was my first time writing a fic and that was because i wanted to write something for v-day & i really love this song! music can be a great inspiration ā same w song lyrics! but for that one i had a few ideas i KNEW i wanted to use (knuckle kisses, stargazing, depressive suguru who reader gives a bath to/has a heart to heart with, and reader making a scrapbook for suguru!) he may be ooc but also iām not afraid of making suguru be soft and quirky, i think that makes him fun! have FUN w different facets of your favorite characters personalities! also personally, i hate when readers donāt have personality/are always too shy/canāt banter/are too serious so i try to make my readers have a personality that align w the fic!
now for the knuckle kisses i knew what i wanted to do and i think that part came pretty easy! just a bit of revising as i was writing so i could be more descriptive in certain areas, change my wording around so itād be less clunky in others! stargazing idea was incredibly hard & so was the scrapbookā¦ so hereās advice i have for you that SAVED my ass. now. if you just wrote random writing in your drafts, whether it was just stream of consciousness that has nothing to do with the fic or was just a random piece of dialogue you jotted down ā DO NOT DELETE IT. two parts of my fics were from RANDOM writing i wrote that had NOTHING to do w a romance fic and with a BIT of tweaking it gave so many ideas/serviced my story perfectly!
ex: i had zero idea of how to start the stargazing part so i just wrote the part i knew i wanted, which wouldāve been in the middle of the story! aka reader buying the star for suguru and him being Shook To The Core. i was wondering how the hell i think of the events leading up to that, and one day i randomly just wrote āyou zig-zag around the counter like a bumbling fawnā bc i was brainstorming ideas for the fic but was likeā¦ this has no place in my story BUT i didnāt delete it i just kept the draft. THEN i was likeā¦ wait this can workā¦ so i used it as my beginning to the stargazing section and it flowed wonderfully! same w the scrapbook section! i wrote a series of dialogue that i ACTUALLY intended to use in an angst where reader despises suguru in their relationship, but with a bit of tweaking and deleting parts of reader being apathetic and suguru being toxic, it ended up being a great series of showing suguruās overthinking nature/his genuine love for reader!
also maybe i do this unintentionally but i usually have a focus into suguruās thought processes more in my ficsā¦ maybe bc iām just curious abt him more than anything LMAO so that can be useful i think! if youāre like wow i have no idea how to write for my reader, write for suguru!
- third story was a request (shoutout bestie rem š¤š¤) who gave such a cool idea of twisted suguru watching reader grieve him for leaving. now it wasnāt an actual haunting bc reader & geto are both alive, but i still used words of that nature to express them haunting e/oās thoughts (mourning, ghost, corporeal phantom, living rigor-mortis etcā¦) the first thing i wrote for this fic was āprostrate yourselfā ā a tie-in to cult leader geto & also his confusing feelings about/towards reader. i also wanted to show bleakness so i mentioned suguru likening himself to a plague & a calamity. also donāt be afraid to show the ugly parts of a character ā suguru is a bit callous in this but heās still human and has a push & pull w/in himself! this fic i really tried my hardest to do a āshow not tellā for certain paragraphs (bc i personally have trouble with that/dialogue/imagery/descriptions/engaging writing) ā so i would constantly go into my āwriting tipsā tag and try and heed the advice they give!
sorry i donāt think i was of much help bc honestly i do NOT have a process š even when writing my current fic about curator!geto ā i just outlined OOOOOH WAIT OKAY HOLD ON YUP MIDTHOUGHT AND NOW IāM JUST PROPERLY ANSWERING YOUR QUESTION š
BITCHXHXHBXBX I FORGOT. OUTLINE!!!!!!! THATāS WHAT YOU WERE LOOKING FOR THIS WHOLE TIME AND I WAS JUST YAPPING AWAY FOR NO REASON IāM SOOOOOOOOOO SORRY OMFGGGGGGG OKAY SO š
curator!geto is the FIRST time iām PROPERLY outlining a fic (so actually i didnāt do anything wrong pleek donāt beat my ass for yapping šŖ) so basically since this is the first time iām outlining i made sure to write the premise of the fic, characters & their jobs, their personalities, their place of work/interactions/relationships there and then also how they would meet! so i wrote how i wanted suguru & reader to meet, a few pieces of random dialogue, and then i also wrote about how they would later on be more romantic (in what way). iām currently trying to think of a conflict and just now thought of an idea that i may or may not use but i wrote it down anyways! and this is the first fic where iām properly paying attention to āshow not tellā and trying to describe words/paragraphs with more imagery! (esp since itās an artsy/visual fic!) tbh the āwriting tipsā tag on my blog will help you more than anything i can say š
also! i recommend looking up writing tips and also reading a bunch of fics that you like! my mutuals have some of the BEST fics i have EVER read and reading them is honestly a masterclass in itself of amazing writing/prose/how to flow a story wonderfully! iām just a beginner so i have lots to learn still about fic-writing BUT just think of each fic as a stepping stone to getting better! write, post, but donāt overwhelm yourself/force yourself to finish a fic you have no ideas for. itās okay if it takes time but also remember that it wonāt ever be perfect so donāt let āperfectionismā stop you from posting your fics! someone will always read it ā whether they rb, like, comment, or are a silent reader ā someone will take the time out of their day to read your fic! and honestly donāt get caught up on numbers! iām soooooo thankful that people read my fics & leave tags even if i think my writing sucks! itās all in good fun at the end of the day! enjoy it however you can and iām sure you yourself are an amazing writer! good luck bestie! <3
#asks#anon#but yeah so BASICALLY. idea -> random tidbits -> outline -> rawdog -> revise -> writing tips -> edit -> post#sorry if this was of no help omfg i hope i didnāt forget anything š#tbh i have no process and just rawdog every fic š#i listen to music ā write suguru all sexily ā and then call it a DAY!#tbh making your fic look cute could maybe help you too! have fun w font colors & choosing a fic pic!#lil things like that can help service your story too!#i just like to play w personalities & random prose and HOPE it sticks LMFAOOOOOO#tbh i rec looking up writing tips / i have my own tag & so do other people! look through those theyāll help out WAY more!#i recommend asking seasoned writers tbh š i just started recently but thank you for liking my fics!#and if you like someoneās fic ā take note of what you like and why you like it! maybe that can help you too!#if you have any more questions PLEASE feel free to ask! i donāt think i was of any help BUT you were very kind 2 ask me anyways jdndndndnd#anyways. GOOD LUCK! iām sure youāll kill it <3#writing tips
4 notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
Since we're getting into "did you know that Santa's eight tiny reindeer are a reference to the eight legs of Odin's steed?" season once again, remember: while there are some elements of Christmas (or Hallowe'en, or Easter, or...) observations that are probably pre-Christian in origin, before one believes any of that this-is-really-100%-just-a-Pagan-holiday-with-the-serial-numbers-filed-off stuff, one must consider all of the following possibilities:
Our earliest known records of the cited pre-Christian practices were written down by some random Christian monk centuries after the fact, and we genuinely have no idea how accurate this account is, to what extent the apparent similarities with Christian practice are due to the author deliberately or unwittingly putting a Christian spin on it, or indeed, whether they were just making shit up.
The similarities between the two sets of practices have been exaggerated or misrepresented by Christian writers who were bent for prefiguration theology (i.e., the idea that the Bible echoes backwards in time and pre-Christian religious practices were unwittingly imitating future Christian practices).
The similarities between the two sets of practices have been exaggerated or misrepresented by Protestant writers who believe that all Pagan deities are Satan in disguise, so they think that if they can prove that Catholic practices are secretly Pagan in origin, that proves that Catholics are secretly Satanists.
The similarities between the two sets of practices have been exaggerated or misrepresented by overzealous mythographers trying to prove that all mythology and religion throughout all of human history is secretly a single unified monomyth; if it's pre-Victorian, expect shades of prefiguration theology, while if it's post-Victorian, expect a lot of stuff about the Collective Unconscious.
A bunch of 19th Century proto-Fascists were trying to construct a pre-Jewish cultural identity (and considered Christianity to be tainted by association), but didn't want to give up any of the fun rituals, so they made some shit up about how it was still okay to do Christmas because something something Odin, or whatever.
A bunch of early 20th Century Pagan reconstructionists filled in the gaps in their understanding of pre-Christian ritual with culturally Christian assumptions, then turned around and pointed at their own accidentally Christianised reconstructions as evidence that Christian practices are derived from them.
A bunch of late 20th Century self-help manual authors tried to break into the occult bookstore market by uncritically repeating any or all of the above.
Someone on the Internet just made it up.
9K notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
š® HEY I WANNA MAKE A GAME! š®
Yeah I getcha. I was once like you. Pure and naive. Great news. I AM STILL PURE AND NAIVE, GAME DEV IS FUN! But where to start?
To start, here are a couple of entry level softwares you can use! source: I just made a game called In Stars and Time and people are asking me how to start making vidy gaems. Now, without further ado:
SOFTWARES AND ENGINES FOR PEOPLE WHO DON'T KNOW HOW TO CODE!!!
Ren'py (and also a link to it if you click here do it): THE visual novel software. Comic artists, look no further āØPros: It's free! It's simple! It has great documentation! It has a bunch of plugins and UI stuff and assets for you to buy! It can be used even if you have LITERALLY no programming experience! (You'll just need to read the doc a bunch) You can also port your game to a BUNCH of consoles! āØCons: None really <3 Some games to look at: Doki Doki Literature Club, Bad End Theater, Butterfly Soup
Twine: Great for text-based games! GREAT FOR WRITERS WHO DONT WANNA DRAW!!!!!!!!! (but you can draw if you want) āØPros: It's free! It's simple! It's versatile! It has great documentation! It can be used even if you have LITERALLY no programming experience! (You'll just need to read the doc a bunch) āØCons: You can add pictures, but it's a pain. Some games to look at: The Uncle Who Works For Nintendo, Queers In love At The End of The World, Escape Velocity
Bitsy: Little topdown games! āØPros: It's free! It's simple! It's (somewhat) intuitive! It has great documentation! It can be used even if you have LITERALLY no programming experience! You can make everything in it, from text to sprites to code! Those games sure are small! āØCons: Those games sure are small. This is to make THE simplest game. Barely any animation for your sprites, can barely fit a line of text in there. But honestly, the restrictions are refreshing! Some games to look at: honestly I haven't played that many bitsy games because i am a fake gamer. The picture above is from Under A Star Called Sun though and that looks so pretty
RPGMaker: To make RPGs! LIKE ME!!!!! NOTE: I recommend getting the latest version if you can, but all have their pros and cons. You can get a better idea by looking at this post. āØPros: Literally everything you need to make an RPG. Has a tutorial inside the software itself that will teach you the basics. Pretty simple to understand, even if you have no coding experience! Also I made a post helping you out with RPGMaker right here! āØCons: Some stuff can be hard to figure out. Also, the latest version is expensive. Get it on sale! Some games to look at: Yume Nikki, Hylics, In Stars and Time (hehe. I made it)
engine.lol: collage worlds! it is relatively new so I don't know much about it, but it seems fascinating. picture is from Garden! NOTE: There's a bunch of smaller engines to find out there. Just yesterday I found out there's an Idle Game Maker made by the Cookie Clicker creator. Isn't life wonderful?
āØmore advice under the cut. this is Long okāØ
ENGINES I KNOW NOTHING ABOUT AND THEY SEEM HARD BUT ALSO GIVE IT A TRY I GUESS!!!! :
Unity and Unreal: I don't know anything about those! That looks hard to learn! But indie devs use them! It seems expensive! Follow your dreams though! Don't ask me how!
GameMaker: Wuh I just don't know anything about it either! I just know it's now free if your game is non-commercial (aka, you're not selling it), and Undertale was made on it! It seems good! You probably need some coding experience though!!!
Godot: Man I know even less about this one. Heard good things though!
BUNCHA RANDOM ADVICE!!!!
-Make something small first! Try making simple: a character is in a room, and exits the room. The character can look around, decide to take an item with them, can leave, and maybe the door is locked and you have to find the key. Figuring out how to code something like that, whether it is as a fully text-based game or as an RPGMaker map, should be a good start to figure out how your software of choice works!
-After that, if you have an idea, try first to make the simplest version of that idea. For my timeloop RPG, my simplest version was two rooms: first room you can walk in, second room with the King, where a cutscene automatically plays and the battle starts, you immediately die, and loop back to the first room, with the text from this point on reflecting this change. I think I also added a loop counter. This helped me figure out the most important thing: Can This Game Be Made? After that, the rest is just fun stuff. So if you want to make a dating sim, try and figure out how to add choices, and how to have affection points go up and down depending on your choices! If you want to make a platformer, figure out how to make your character move and jump and how to create a simple level! If you just want to make a kinetic visual novel with no choices, figure out how to add text, and how to add portraits! You'll be surprised at how powerful you'll feel after having figured even those simple things out.
-If you have a programming problem or just get confused, never underestimate the power of asking Google! You most likely won't be the only person asking this question, and you will learn some useful tips! If you are powerful enough, you can evenā¦ Ask people??? On forums??? Not me though.
-Yeah I know you probably want to make Your Big Idea RIGHT NOW but please. Make a smaller prototype first. You need to get that experience. Trust me.
-If you are not a womanthing of many skills like me, you might realize you need help. Maybe you need an artist, or a programmer. So! Game jams on itch.io are a great way to get to work and meet other game devs that have different strengths! Or ask around! Maybe your artist friend secretly always wanted to draw for a game. Ask! Collaborate! Have fun!!!
I hope that was useful! If it was. Maybe. You'd like to buy me a coffee. Or maybe you could check out my comics and games. Or just my new critically acclaimed game In Stars and Time. If you want. Ok bye
#reference#gamedev#indie dev#game dev#tutorial#video game#ACTUAL GAME DEVS DO NOT INTERACT!!!1!!!!!#this is for people who are afraid of coding. do not come at me and say 'actually godot is easy if you just--' I JUST WILL NOT.#long post
32K notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
kiwi and layla - sjy
pairing. jake x fem!reader synopsis. in which you mistake jakeās backpack for your own, making you each go home with the otherās bag. both of you are too curious for your own good, so you quickly find out that you excel in the subject the other is failing - a mutual tutoring agreement ensues, and it turns into much more than what you had expected. genre. high school au, f2l, lots of fluff and some angst too, f2l, shy reader x outgoing jake warnings. food & swearing, mention of parent death and divorce, kms jokes, jake being stupid but also really cute (lmk if i've missed any!) word count. 26.3k a/n. this is part of the unexpected collab !!! go check out the other fics and caelin thank u for hosting <333 hope u guys like this one, it took me a while but i had so so much fun writing it !!! i love my jakey in here he's a little bit confused but he's got the spirit. @zreamy thanks for being the world's awesomest beta reader and a decent friend ig... 2 baddies wouldnt be the same without you... lifeguard wet body sunghoon coming soon guys dont miss it! as always pls remember how important reblogs and feedback is for us writers!!! it's what keeps us going <3 enjoy!!
listen to the playlist!
This was not your backpack.Ā
In your defense, it looked so similar to yours - scratch that, it was the exact same as yours - that you couldnāt possibly have been able to tell the difference between the two bags until youād opened one of them. Just a basic black Eastpak that probably a hundred other kids in your school owned with nothing to tell them apart, because you hadnāt had the mind to add a little something to it and make it recognizable. You hadnāt really needed to - your backpack was always on your back, next to your seat or in your locker. There was no way you might lose it or mistake it with another.
Until today, obviously. Instead of having a chill last class before spring break like every other teacher, your psycho math teacher Mr Choi had decided to give you a major test on this otherwise beautiful Friday afternoon. While other students watched a movie or played Kahoot, you were stuck in a cold classroom with algebra questions in front of you. Mr Choi had argued that this would be better than having a test after the holidays and ruining your time off with studying, but a test was a test, and math was math, so you hated the idea anyway.Ā
To eliminate all cheating possibilities, Mr Choi made his students only take a pencil and eraser with them, leave their bag at the back of the classroom and put their phone in a box he kept on his desk. Plus, with his hawk eyes watching intently, there was no way to sneak answers on a small sheet of paper or even on your palm.Ā
When the test was over, your brain was so fried and you were so eager to get the hell out of there that you didnāt even notice the two identical black backpacks next to each other, you just grabbed the first one you saw, not even questioning that it might not be yours.
And indeed, yours it was not. From your snooping around, you quickly found out it belonged to one Jake Sim.Ā
You knew Jake. Although youād been attending the same school for the past three years, you could probably count the number of times youād talked on one hand - but you knew him. Or at least, you knew of him. You knew that he was good at STEM subjects and that he was on the soccer team; you knew he was a really sweet guy and was easy to talk to, even for someone shy like you.Ā
Most importantly, you knew he was friends with Park Sunghoon. This was important because you had liked Park Sunghoon since the moment youād laid eyes on him - or rather, your whole friend group had. It mightāve sounded extremely odd to others, but you and your friends had a few random people at school you liked to keep tabs on or create backstories for, and Sunghoon, because of his dashing looks that had struck all four of you in your first week of freshman year, was one of your victims. Well, you liked to think of them as characters on a TV show rather than victims, but to each his own. Your other characters included that popular sophomore who already considered herself a celebrity because of her ten thousand followers on TikTok anyway, the French and Spanish teachers you were sure had a thing going on, and that one guy in Yenaās biology class that only showed up every two weeks but always looked stoned (hat guy, Chaewon liked to call him, even youād never once seen him with a hat on). It was all harmless, really - none of you ever actually went up and talked to them, just discussed them among yourselves.
Perhaps Sunghoon was different, because each of you had had a class with him at some point, so youād all had at least shared a word with him. You probably hadnāt talked to him more times than youād talked to Jake, so the information you knew about him was pretty surface-level - he was an ice skater, but everyone knew that, and he was shy like you, which was immediately noticeable. He also had one of the most handsome faces youād ever seen. But again, everyone who saw him knew that.
You, Yena and Chaewon had debated whether one of you should just go ahead and make a move (Hyewon didnāt participate because she already had a boyfriend, but she was all for approaching the boy). You guessed you could describe what you felt towards Sunghoon as a sort of crush, even if it was one you shared with your friends - you found him cute, and you got nervous when he was around. But you were more the watch-from-afar-and-pine type, so you were satisfied with liking him from a distance. You didnāt think you actually had the guts to strike a conversation with him - that was more Chaewonās thing.
However, this didnāt mean you werenāt curious about the contents of his best friendās backpack. Your being shy didnāt mean you werenāt interested in other peopleās lives - if anything, you were quite nosy. Curiosity may have killed the cat, but you were just a regular teenage girl, so this was fine, right? After just a few minutes of snooping, you found out Jake Sim wasnāt hiding any big state secrets in his Eastpak, anyway. Just some textbooks, notebooks, and a lot of single sheets of paper. It was pretty messy in there.Ā
Your idea of him being good at STEM subjects was correct - he kept all of his graded tests in the sleeve pocket of his math notebook, and there was not a single one that had received a note under 95. He even seemed to be doing some extracurricular exercises - there were formulae that were completely unfamiliar to you and that you were sure you hadnāt done in class. You found it slightly insane, but that might have just been because you despised math and wouldnāt understand why someone would want to do more of it than was required of them.Ā
His English homework was another story. His essays had more red from the teacherās pen than his own black ink, and from the grades on his reading comprehension tests, you highly doubted heād actually read any of the assigned books. You werenāt in the same English class but apparently had the same teacher, Ms Park, so you were studying the same thing. You couldnāt help but cringe as you read his answers on a Pride and Prejudice reading test - he seemingly kept mixing the sisters up, assigning actions and character traits to Lydia that clearly belonged to Jane. At least he somewhat got Darcy right, writing that āheās probably not as bad as he looks,ā with no further explanation.Ā
As you aimlessly flipped through his English notebook, curious about the way he took his notes - or if he even took any - you noticed some scribbles in the margins. Looking closer, some of them were in his handwriting while others were in an unfamiliar one. It looked like some sort of conversation, so you assumed the other writing belonged to his deskmate. You also did this with your friends in classes where the teacher was very strict about no chatting in class.
dude coach said if I fail any of my classes I would be out of the team, you read Jakeās handwriting.
Wait seriously????
yeah and I suck at english so Im scared it might actually happen
You just need to study more bro
bro I DO but this shit is hard
Then find someone to help you
neither of you guys is that good in that subject either tho
Ok ouch but also just find someone else then
bro who
IDK manĀ
Y/N maybe ? sheās good at English and sheās nice so she might say yesĀ
there you go about y/n again dude MAYBE you ask HER to teach you some sonnets
Shut up youāre the one who needs help dumbass
whatever isnāt it weird just asking her randomly though like i dont want her to feel like she has to say yes
Lol if she sees your grades she might do it out of pity
fuck u man
You were surprised to see your own name written there - it felt weird knowing that Jake and his friend were talking about you, for some reason. And what if that friend was Sunghoon? You had a hard time believing he not only knew you existed, but thought of you as good at English and nice. You liked to think both of these things were true.Ā
He was also spot-on about saying you would agree to helping out Jake in those subjects, but what he got wrong was thinking youād do it out of pity. Clearly, you and Jake were in very similar positions. You didnāt have any sort of club youād be kicked out of if you failed a class, but it sure as hell wouldnāt look good on your college applications, so you needed to get your math grades up.Ā
Jake and you both desperately needed something the other person could help with, so you had a feeling he wouldnāt turn down the offer that was brewing in your head.
ā
This was not Jakeās backpack.
He noticed it right away - it was much heavier than his own and the straps were tighter around his shoulders than they should be. He looked inside for some clues about who it might belong to, and luckily, the first thing he found was a journal that had Y/NāS DIARY written on the cover page in big, pink letters.Ā
Unluckily, however, heād also noticed that you had practically sprinted out of the classroom as soon as the bell rang, and indeed, you were already far gone when he tried looking for you around school. He had to get to soccer practice anyway, so he put the issue to the side for the time being.
When he got home, he had to shower then have dinner, so it wasnāt until 8 p.m. that he remembered he had your backpack. He had meant to text you straightaway about it, and he knew it was wrong to look into someoneās belongings, but he couldnāt help himself, especially when his best friend Sunghoon had liked you for ages. Maybe this was an opportunity to find out more about you.
Your mind-blowing grades in English donāt come as much of a surprise to him, and after reading through your most recent essay, he thought you definitely deserved them. Your essay was on a Shakespeare play he had never heard of - you apparently also had Ms Park for English, and he didnāt know she was doing Shakespeare in class, so he wondered for a second if you were actually crazy enough to read another book and study it. As if 300 pages of Jane Austen werenāt enough as it was.Ā
What shocked him were your math grades. It was like looking into a fucked-up mirror: while you excelled at English, you sucked at math; while he excelled at math, he sucked at English. You were just as close to failing your math class as he was at failing English.
Now that he thought about it, maybe Sunghoonās idea hadnāt been so dumb - you could help him out, and he had an actual argument as to why you should, rather than just using pity on you.
As he put your stuff back in your bag, he was reminded of something - your diary. For some reason, the pretty floral pattern on the cover made him feel even worse for opening the journal in the first place, but he did it anyway. Either youād only just picked up the habit of writing in a diary or you had finished your previous one recently, but this one seemed pretty new, as only about ten pages had been filled with your neat handwriting. Judging from the dates at the top of almost every page, you wrote in there everyday, and Jake only felt even worse that you hadnāt been able to write in it that day.
Still, he flicked to the first page and started reading. And he read and read, unable to take his eyes away from your diary. He thought he wouldnāt have cared much and a page would have satisfied his curiosity, but the way you wrote about the people around you and about yourself fascinated him. Basic high school things like friend drama and annoying teachers actually became interesting through your words. You didnāt use particularly complicated sentences or unheard-of words, on the contrary, you used simple language, and that spoke a lot more to Jake than any of the classics heād attempted to read for class.Ā
And then, he saw an all too familiar name in an entry dated from just a few days ago.Ā
I sat next to Sunghoon today. It was during physics and both of our desk partners were absent, so Mrs Kim made me change seats. She always does this, and I used to wonder whether she hated to see an empty seat or to see a student sitting on their own, but whatever the reason, today, I was just happy about it. This isnāt our first time sitting next to each other in class, but I was still nervous, since I wasnāt expecting it. I hope he couldnāt feel the awkwardness practically oozing off of me or the way I very obviously struggled with the exercises (obviously, anything to do with math is not my forte). We shared my textbook because heād forgotten his, and he showed me his notes when he saw I couldnāt keep up with Mrs Kim as she told us what to write down. We only exchanged a few words but I was satisfied when class was over. Itās odd, because youād think someone would want to talk to the person they like and get to know them more, but I donāt feel that with Sunghoon. Maybe itās because weāre both so introverted, and he seems to have just as hard a time as I do starting conversations, so Iāve sort of accepted our silent fate. Iām fine just continuing to steal glances at him from across the cafeteria.Ā
After that, there were a few more pages of writing up until yesterday's entry, but it was the only mention of Sunghoon. Jake had apparently been wrong to think that a girlās diary would be full of rantings about her crush and things along the lines of āomg, he looked at me todayā.Ā
But you had very clearly referred to Sunghoon as the person you liked, and Jake wasnāt going to let that go so easily. This was precious information that he held in his hands now, so he had to figure out how to deal with it properly for your sake as well as his friendās.
Turns out there was more he could help you with than just algebra.
ā
Seeing Jake Sim in a setting other than school was slightly odd, if you were being completely honest.Ā
You had just been about to text him about the backpack mix-up when youād received a message from the man himself, asking if you could meet up the next day to exchange them. In response, youād asked where you should meet, thinking heād offer either his house or yours, or some halfway point between them, but he surprised you by proposing some cafĆ© in the center of town. They have good hot chocolate there, heād said, and that had been enough to convince you.Ā
And also I have something I want to talk to you about.Ā
Your stomach had turned at this message - what on Earth could Jake Sim need to discuss with you had been your first thought, and then you realized you also had plans you wanted to share with him. So his idea of going to a cafƩ was actually good for you, too.
Youād only been waiting for about five minutes when he appeared at the cafĆ©, red and panting from seemingly sprinting to his destination.Ā
āY/N, Iām sooo sorry,ā he immediately said when he saw you waiting. āI was planning to be early, but when I got on the bus I realized I literally forgot your bag, so I had to go back but the next bus wasnāt for another twenty minutes so I just ran the whole way here, and now Iām all sweaty, and Iām late, and Iām really sorry.ā
Heād rushed through his sentence and was breathing heavily as he looked at you expectantly, waiting for your answer. He seemed so genuinely sorry for such a small thing that after your surprise faded, you started laughing. It was his turn to be surprised, and he immediately stopped talking at the sound of your soft giggles.
āItās okay, Jake. I havenāt even been waiting five minutes,ā you explained, smiling. āLetās just go in, yeah?ā
Jakeās heart did something weird just then, and the feeling was so unfamiliar and confusing that he decided to promptly ignore it. As if in a daze, he stood still for a couple of seconds until the sound of a bell ringing, the one the cafĆ© had on its doors to signify the entrance or exit of a customer, snapped him out of it. He followed you into the shop, let you order and pay for you both (āIām the one who took the wrong bag, itās the least I can do,ā youād said) and sat across from you at a booth in the back.
You gave each other your respective bags back, then started chatting as you sipped on your hot chocolates (Jake had been right - they really were delicious). He was surprisingly easy to talk to, and whether he sensed you were a reserved person or was just naturally talkative, you liked that he both managed to do most of the talking and ask you loads of questions at once. Usually, you wouldnāt have really cared to listen to someone go on and on about their passion for soccer and the recent game that their team had won, but for some reason, you were hooked on Jakeās every word. The way his eyes widened in excitement as he recounted the winning goal he scored, the way the volume of his voice decreased as he filled you in on the team gossip even though no one was listening to your conversation, the way his grin turned into a proud smirk as he mentioned his coach congratulating him - every single one of his actions had you mesmerized. Youād never seen anyone so expressive in their speech, never seen anyone punctuate every sentence with a movement or a facial expression. It was just fun, listening to him.
Even when he didnāt talk, he stayed expressive. He asked you whether you did anything outside of school, and he listened intently as you told him about the theater group youāre in, humming and nodding and laughing at all the right moments. Usually, you wouldnāt have talked about it for more than thirty seconds, afraid to bore others with unnecessary details, but Jakeās reactions and the questions he asked made you actually feel listened to and like what you were talking about was interesting. So you grew more confident and told him what you loved about acting and about theater, about your own gossip (the arrogant actress who got the lead role and thought she was better than everyone else, that one guy who was clearly flirting with three girls at the same time), and you almost couldnāt believe Jake seemed so entertained by your stories.Ā
āSo, you said your group focused on more classic plays, right? Does that mean youāre good at English Lit?ā
With his spoon, Jake scooped some whipped cream into his mouth, hoping he was appearing as nonchalant as he was trying to be. He had to make you think heād deduced that just now and not because he had been snooping through your backpack just the night prior.Ā
You, however, could not have cared less how heād figured it out - you were just grateful he had segued into this topic of school and grades, because youād been wanting to bring it up yourself but had no idea how.
āUm, yeah, actually, itās my best subject. Math, on the other handā¦ā
You chuckled as his eyes widened and he leaned in across the table, pointing his spoon at you as he spoke. āSee, thatās interesting, because math is my best subject, but I suck at English Lit.ā
āOh, really?ā you asked, trying to sound genuinely surprised even though this piece of information was not at all new to you.
āYeah,ā he said, looking back down at his almost-finished drink with a small smile on his face.
āYou know-ā
āYou know-ā
You and Jake had spoken at the same time, and your eyes locked for a second before you started laughing. You gestured at him to go on first.
āI actually need pretty urgent help in English. Coach said heāll put us out of the team if we fail even just one of our courses, and Iām very close to failing that class.ā He took a moment to let out a sigh. āSo, if you want, we could help each other out. Me with math, and you with English.āĀ
His eyebrows were slightly furrowed and he bit his lip as he looked at you expectantly. You thought he looked far too nervous for such a simple request, expression more like a boy whoād just asked his crush to the prom rather than offering mutual help you both desperately needed. You couldnāt help the smile that grew on your lips - you had never known Jake Sim to be soā¦ cute. But he was waiting for an answer, so you pushed the thought out of your head.
āThatās a great idea, actually,ā you replied, as if you hadnāt had the exact same idea. You were just relieved you hadnāt even had to bring it up yourself. āI also really canāt afford to fail math. It would look terrible on college applications.ā
Jake let out a long, loud exhale. āGod, yeah, college, I hadnāt even thought of that. Even more motivation to get better grades now,ā he said with a chuckle.
You chuckled along, then cleared your throat and sat up straighter. You watched with amusement as Jake mirrored your actions and even the fake serious frown in your brows. You presented your hand for him to shake, which he did without hesitation.
āSo itās a deal then. Weāll tutor each other until weāve gotten our grades up.ā
āDeal,ā he replied. As you both withdrew your hands, he dropped his serious facade and burst into giggles, a sound you hadnāt expected from the boy but somehow fit him well. You watched his face closely for a second, noticing the curl of his lips and the crinkle at the corner of his eyes, before breaking into laughter yourself.
You stayed in the cafĆ© for another half hour, going over details of where and when youād meet, of what exactly you needed help with (āEverything,ā youād said, to which Jake had replied āSameā), and just talked some more.
āIām taking the 53 that way,ā Jake said when you exited the cafĆ©, pointing towards the bus stop.
āOh, so am I!ā you exclaimed.
āSeriously?! Whatās your stop?ā
And thatās how you and Jake figured out you only lived two bus stops away from each other.Ā
āThatās so cool! Itāll make it easy to meet up then,ā he said, and you hummed in agreement. After a pause, he added: āBut if we live so close to each other, how come we didnāt go to the same schools earlier? Arenāt you usually supposed to go to the one in your district?ā
āI used to live in another part of town,ā you explained. āThen my parents divorced when I was in middle school, and I stayed with my dad because he lived closer to the school I was at, but I moved to my momās place for high school.ā
āāCause she lives closer?ā
āYeah, basically.ā There was more to it, but you didnāt think Jake would be particularly interested in your parental issues - although you surprised yourself for even considering telling him. If Jake sensed that you werenāt saying everything, he didnāt push, just swiftly changed the topic as you waited for the bus to come.
When you got home some time later, the first thing you did was open your diary and start writing. It had felt wrong not to write in it even just for a day, so it was a relief to feel the pages between your fingers and the familiar scent of the paper and your perfumed pen. You wrote without thinking too much, simply letting all of your musings out into your diary and freely brushing the tip of your pen across the pages.Ā
You didnāt ever reread your entries right after writing them, but if you had that day, you might have noticed all you could write about was the boy youād drank a hot chocolate with.
ā
Spring break week passed by far too quickly, and it was on the first Monday back at school that you and Jake met again. He had soccer practice on Tuesdays, Thursdays and Fridays, while you had theater rehearsals on Thursdays and Saturdays, so youād agreed to meet up every Monday and Wednesday after school. Since his mother worked as the school nurse, she drove him to and from school everyday - so on Monday, you met Jake in front of the nurseās station, waiting for his mom to wrap things up before she drove you both to their home.
You had been surprised to learn that the kind nurse that never asked too many questions and always let students take a nap if they didnāt feel well was Jakeās mom, but upon reflection, it made sense. Once you knew, it was almost obvious that she had raised him - they shared the same friendliness, the same comforting smile and the same ability to make conversation. The whole ride home, she asked you about yourself and thanked you for agreeing to tutor āour little Jakey,ā because āGod knows he needs the help.āĀ
You couldnāt help but laugh when a blush crept on Jakeās face and he looked out the passenger seat window with an embarrassed frown, muttering something like āThanks a lot, Mom.ā
She noticed his reaction and laughed along with you. āIām just saying, Jakey-poo. Itās good to know to ask for help when you need it,ā she cooed, reaching a hand out to ruffle his hair. This only made Jake groan loudly and hide his face in his hands. You didnāt know Jake very well, but this flustered, red-faced side of him was definitely one you liked seeing.
The first thing that greeted you when you reached Jakeās house was a happy welcome home bark.
āYou have a dog?!ā you exclaimed, unable to reel your excitement in.
āYeah! This is Layla,ā Jake said, giving energetic rubs to the Border Collie that made her whole body shake side-to-side but that she seemed to thoroughly enjoy.Ā
āHi, Layla,ā you cooed, crouching down to her level to let her sniff you. She decided you were a person worthy of petting her. āSheās so cute!ā
āI think she likes you,ā Jake said, a grin on his face, as he watched Layla presenting her belly to you and asking for scratches there. āDo you have a dog?ā
āWe have a Corgi at home. And a cat, too.ā
āThat must be fun,ā Jake chuckled. āDo they get along?ā
āDepends. They have a bit of a love-hate relationship.ā You looked up at Jake, and it was uncharacteristically quiet as you locked eyes for a couple of seconds. You both looked away at the same time, surprised by the sudden eye contact.
You gave Layla one last rub and lifted yourself up. āUm, should we get started?āĀ
Jake paused for a second as if heād forgotten what you were here for in the first place, then started nodding his head quickly. āRight, yeah. Letās go to my room. Downstairs is just one big room and my mom will probably watch TV or make dinner or something, so it might be distractingā¦ā he explained, lightly scratching the back of his neck. It seemed like he was embarrassed to be bringing you to his room, which you couldnāt help but find endearing.
āOkay, sounds good,ā you said with a smile, hoping itāll reassure him.
You followed him up to his room, ignoring his complaints as you lingered on the framed photos on the wall next to the stairs and giggled at his baby pictures.Ā
āDo not look at those,ā he said with a warning tone that didnāt scare you in the slightest. When you didnāt listen, he grabbed your hand that had been pointing at a photo of baby Jake in the bathtub and forced you to keep walking.
āWhy?ā you asked, a slight whine to your voice.
āāCause itās embarrassing! I was an ugly baby.ā
āWhat?! You were so cute!ā
āWhatever. Iād rather study English than talk about this, and thatās saying something.ā
When you looked at Jake, you were surprised to find that he actually seemed upset about this. You werenāt sure what was so wrong with looking at his baby pictures, but the last thing you wanted to do was make him mad, so you stayed quiet and continued your way to his room. Once there, although you were infinitely curious about all the posters, pictures, figurines, trophies, and other small tokens of Jakeās life, you didnāt ask him about any of them, just sat next to him at his desk and opened The Picture of Dorian Grey, the book you had both been studying in Ms Parkās class.
Youād agreed on spending forty-five minutes on English, have a small break, then spend forty-five minutes on Math. It wasnāt a lot, but you both had other homework and things outside of school you needed to do, so youād decided to start out that way and see if it worked out.
You were glad to see how seriously Jake was taking this - he listened intently to what you said and asked questions when he didnāt understand something. You quickly figured out that what he didnāt like about English Literature was that the answers werenāt as straightforward or as logical as they were in math, and even worse, that multiple answers were possible depending on the readerās interpretation.Ā
āIt just all feels like a guessing game,ā he said, resting the side of his head on one of his palms. āHow am I supposed to know what this dude meant? And if it can be analyzed in different ways, how can Ms Park tell me the way I understand it is wrong?ā
āItās all about the way you justify it,ā you explained. āYou canāt just say whatever. Ms Park will look out for how you use the text to support your answers.ā You then went on to pick out a specific part of the book, asking Jake to analyze Dorianās mindset in that scene.Ā
āHe sounds like heās going insane,ā Jake said flatly when he was done reading, getting a chuckle out of you.
āExactly. How do you know that?ā
āI donāt know, just the words he uses,ā Jake replies, shrugging.
āOkay, underline those words,ā you instructed gently. Jake sighed, but he complied.
āThere.āĀ
āGood. What can you say about those words?ā When Jake just looked at you like a lost puppy, you reformulated your question. āWhat do they have in common? What type of words are they? Are they common nouns, verbsā¦ā
Jake looked back at the words heād underlined on the page. āTheyāreā¦ adjectives?ā he said, tone unsure.
āExactly!ā
Jake paused. āSo?ā
āSo now you can say that the author uses many adjectives to convey the gradual loss of sanity of the main character.ā
āOh.ā
When you looked at Jake, he wore an expression like the words on the page were finally starting to make sense to him. āThatās the content. You can also look at the structure. See how many punctuation marks there are? Commas, semi-colons, question marksā¦ Itās like he keeps cutting himself off. His thoughts are all over the place.ā
Jake nodded slowly. āSo, I just need to look out for things like that?ā
āBasically, yeah. And the more you practice, the more these things will stand out to you. It actually becomes somewhat repetitive sometimes.ā
Jake let out a shaky breath. āThatās actually relieving to hear,ā he said with a chuckle.
Thirty minutes passed by like this as you showed Jake ways to make sense of a literary text. When the timer rang, he leaned back in his chair and stretched his arms out wide with a sigh. He put his hands behind his head and let it hang back, and the way your stomach flipped at the sight of his exposed neck and Adamās apple made you look away immediately. You could barely meet his eyes as he turned his head to look at you, still in that same position, and, with a smirk, asked if you were ready for some snacks.Ā
You gulped, trying to look as normal as possible. āUh, yeah, sure!ā
Downstairs, Jake presented you with all sorts of snacks - there were so many, you felt like you were in a convenience store. This was worlds away from your ingredient-only household. You opted for some biscuits and a banana while Jake made himself a bowl of cereal. A very distracting ten-minute long argument then ensued about the order of milk and cereal - horrifyingly, Jake poured his milk before his cereal. You thought it was a myth that some people actually did it that way, but Jake very proudly defended his choice.Ā
āI bet you eat pizza with pineapple on it, too,ā you said half-jokingly, only for your joke to punch you right back in the face.
āDuh,ā Jake answered.
You could only shake your head in defeat. āLetās just get back to studying before I murder you.ā
āDamn, Y/N,ā Jake said, laughing. āThatās harsh.ā
āAnd youāre a freak,ā you retorted, a grin blooming on your lips.
āYou know, you remind me of my friend Jay,ā Jake mused as you walked back up the stairs. āHe has so many of these small battles that he just wonāt let go of. He got super worked up over an argument about mint chocolate chip ice cream once.ā
āLet me guess, you like that ice cream?ā
Jake shrugged. āItās not my favorite, but Iāll have it once in a while.ā
āGod, Sim, you just get worse and worse.ā
You sat back down at his desk and started eating. āI bet you think Iām weird for liking math too, right?ā
āThatās the worst offense of them all.āĀ
Jakeās sudden quietness caught you off guard. When you turned your head to look at him, he was already gazing at you with a smile and a sort of thoughtful glint to his eyes, resting his chin on his palm. It sounded like he was thinking out loud when he spoke next. āGuess weāre perfect opposites of each other. Like two peas in a pod!ā
The realization of what heād said dawned upon him as soon as the words left his mouth. He slowly lifted his head as his eyes widened. āI donāt mean- just, you know, since youāre good at English and Iām good at math, and- you knowā¦ I didnāt mean it in a weird way, or anythingā¦ā
His eyes kept glancing back and forth between you and his bowl of cereal, as if he was scared of looking directly at you but wanted to check your reaction.Ā
As a smile grew on your face, you kept your eyes trained on your biscuits so he wouldnāt see your flustered expression. But when you looked at him again, he held your gaze, mouth slightly agape. You didnāt have it in you that he had gotten the idiom completely wrong. āI know, donāt worry.ā You chuckled. āWe are opposites of each other. You just better be as good at teaching math as I am at teaching English,ā you teased.
You watched as a smirk tugged one corner of Jakeās lips up and he raised an eyebrow. āWho said you were good at teaching English?ā
You gasped. āYou said you understood better now!ā
Jakeās smile softened as he giggled. āIām just teasing. You are a good teacher.ā
You sat up straighter at the compliment, a proud smile on your face. āYour turn, Mr Sim. Iām all ears.ā
āRight,ā he said, mirroring your posture. āShall we start by going over Mr Choiās test from last week?āĀ
Your smile dropped instantly at this. Reluctantly, you fished your graded paper out of your bag. You already knew Mr Choi was a psychopath, but you still didnāt understand where he found the will to grade thirty papers over the weekend. You avoided Jakeās gaze as you handed him your test with a big, red, circled D- at the top.
You cringed as Jake sighed. āAt least itās not an F, right?ā he said in what you could tell was an attempt at reassurance but somehow only made you feel worse. He looked over your answers quickly, trying to find what in particular you struggled with. āAll right. Letās start from the beginning, yeah?ā
For the next forty-five minutes, Jake went over each test question with you, breaking them down and explaining how to solve them in a way you understood. The words he used were so much clearer than the half-assed explanations you were used to from Mr Choi, and for once, math actually made some sort of sense. Your brain still felt broken after almost an hour of numbers and greek letters, but at least, you felt smarter rather than dumber at the end of it. You had never been more grateful for the sound of a phone alarm than the one signaling tutoring was over.Ā
āThat wasnāt half-bad, right?ā Jake asked with a wide grin.
You felt so tired, you could probably pass out right then and there, but Jake looked so proud of himself after you had been able to complete an exercise correctly on your own that you didnāt have the heart to tell him the truth. āRight,ā you replied, mirroring his grin. āYouāre an okay teacher, I guess.ā
He jokingly glared and tutted at you, but you both laughed right after. āI need to walk Layla, so I can walk you home, if you want?ā he offered as you started packing your things. His words had an uncertain tone to them, as if he wasnāt sure youād still want to spend time with him after this - but it only took you a second of thinking to realize youād rather continue hanging out with him than going home on your own.
āSure! I need to walk Kiwi too, actually.ā
āYour dogās name is Kiwi?!ā
āYes,ā you said, chuckling at his fascinated tone.
āThatās an adorable name.ā
āThanks, I chose it.ā
āOh, then I take it back. Worst name Iāve ever heard for a dog.ā
āHey!ā you exclaimed, lightly hitting him on the head with your math notebook, making him raise a hand in self-defense as he laughed.
āSorry, sorry. Does your cat also have a fruit name?āĀ
A pause. āMango,ā you mumbled, and he immediately burst into laughter again. You side-eyed him as you zipped up your bag.
āWow, you have amazing taste in pet names, Y/N.ā
āShut up,ā you said, laughing along. Then you realized something, and you suddenly stopped laughing, looking up at Jake with wide eyes that made him slightly start to panic. āOh my God, Jake, are our dogs going to meet?ā
āOur dogs are going to meet,ā he echoed in a sort of fascinated whisper. You both understood the other - dogs becoming friends was the cutest thing ever.
āLetās go,ā you whispered back excitedly.
When you reached the living room downstairs, you bid Mrs Sim goodbye, then went to the entrance to put your shoes back on. āYou two sure get along well,ā you heard her say to her son with a suggestive tone. Even though she had dropped the volume of her voice, the door was wide open and there were only a few meters between you, so youād heard her loud and clear.Ā
āGeez, Mom,ā Jake groaned, seemingly irked by his momās insinuation.
āItās just youāve never brought a girl home, Jakey-ā
āOkay, weāre leaving now! Layla, come!ā
You hadnāt even realized how wide you were grinning until Jake saw you tying your shoelaces and grumbled āWhat are you smiling so hard for.ā
āNothing,ā you giggled, and your smile grew as you watched a grin break through his pretend-upset expression.
You sighed contentedly as you stepped outside, letting the crisp early April air hit your face. You tightened your scarf around your neck and buried your hands in your pocket and you and Jake started walking side by side, Layla happily leading the way. The streets were fairly quiet at this time of day, save for the yells of children still playing in their backyards before dinner and a few cars of people coming home late from work.
Only the first five seconds of the walk were silent, until you couldnāt contain yourself anymore. āSo, never brought a girl home, huh?ā you asked with a teasing smirk.
Jake let out an offended scoff and looked up to the sky as if God could help him out of this one. Sadly, He didnāt, so Jake had to find an answer himself. āIām not talking about this with you.ā
āWhy not?ā
Pouting, Jake spared you a sideway glance. āBecause youāre a girl,ā he replied, voice lowered to a mumble.
You chuckled at this. āVery astute observation, Jake.ā
āNo, I- Ugh,ā he groaned before laughing along with you. āI donāt need a girl to know how bad I am with- well, with girls.ā
āI can help with that,ā you said before you really thought about it. āI mean, Iām not a love expert by any means, but I can maybe give, I donāt know, pointers or something if thereās someone you like-ā
āThereās no one I like,ā Jake quickly cut in. āUm, not right now, at least.ā
āO-okay,ā you replied, nodding. āThatās fine.āĀ
āWhat about you? Do you like anyone?ā
As Jake asked the question, he realized he already knew the answer - you liked Sunghoon. How could he forget?! Half of his plan had been to make you get closer to his friend, but he hadnāt even started thinking about that yet. In his defense, heād come up with that plan three days ago.
Your answer surprised him. āUm, no, me neither. Not right now, at least,ā you said, repeating his words with a smile on your face. You locked eyes for a second before looking away at the same time, chuckling.
āRight,ā he said. He knew what he had read in your diary, so maybe you were just too shy to admit you had a crush on his friend of all people.
An unexpected awkwardness settled between the two of you, and you more than anything wanted it to go away. Even though itād only been a few days since you and Jake had started getting to know each other, you already felt comfortable enough to be yourself around him, and it usually took you weeks before reaching that level with anyone. This hadnāt happened since you met Yena and Hyewon at the beginning of high school - they had been friends since middle school, and so had you and Chaewon, and when the four of you met, you had instant chemistry. But maybe it was slightly too early to start talking about crushes with Jake.
For once, you were the one to break the silence - you asked him whether he knew what he wanted to do after school. Basic question, but you were genuinely curious.Ā
Looking a little bashful, he confessed his dream had always been to be a math teacher and soccer coach at a middle or high school. You told him he already had the talent for it, and when he blushed at your words, you made sure to tease him for it.Ā Ā
āIām not sure yet,ā you said when he returned the question. āI know I wanna go to college and continue doing English Lit and theater there, but thatās about it.ā
āThatās already good enough,ā Jake said with a smile. āStill got time to figure out what comes after, right?ā
You naturally mirrored his smile - there was something contagious about Jakeās puppyish grin that made it hard not to smile yourself. āRight.ā
The three of you reached your house quickly after that. Your mom still hadnāt come home from work, so Kiwi was even more excited than usual for your arrival home. You and Jake watched fondly as your dogs sniffed each other for a few seconds before starting to run around together. The fact that they got along made you really happy, perhaps unreasonably so, and you started bouncing up and down on the balls of your feet as you watched them play. āOur dogs are friends!ā you exclaimed excitedly.Ā
When you turned to look at Jake, he wasnāt watching the dogs like you had been - he was gazing straight at you, eyes soft with something that made your heart skip a beat. You couldnāt look away, and it was only after a few seconds that he seemed to snap out of the sort of daze he was in. He cleared his throat and you finally tore your eyes away from him.
āLet me just- Kiwi! I need to put his leash around him,ā you said, speaking quickly to dissipate the weird atmosphere as best as you could. You led Jake down the path you usually took with Kiwi that led to a park in your neighborhood, and you were relieved when normal conversation started again.
Jake insisted on walking you back to your house even though he had left his earlier. He made a whole show of not going until youād walked inside and closed the door, so youād rushed to your window to shout his name and wave goodbye at him, which made him laugh.
You turned back to Kiwi when Jake and Layla had turned a corner and you couldnāt watch them anymore. āAre you happy you made a new friend, Kiwi?ā
The Corgi barked happily at you in response - probably more at hearing his name than because he understood your question, but still, you liked to think you could communicate with your dog on such a level. You chuckled and took him in your arms. āMe too.ā
ā
Apparently, you couldnāt even wave to someone in the hallway without being interrogated about it anymore.
āY/N, did you just say hi to Jake Sim?ā Chaewon asked like youād just insulted her whole family.
It was 10 a.m. on a simple Tuesday morning, the day after Jake and you had studied together for the first time, and youād just walked past the boy - so of course, you said hi to him. Maybe, your heart started beating slightly faster when youād noticed him approaching. Maybe, it was nice to be on the receiving end of his friendly grin.
āYes?ā you replied, sentence coming out more like a question.
āSince when do you say hi to Jake Sim?!āĀ
āSince today, I guess.ā
āBut why?!ā Sheād raised her voice so much, youād gotten strange looks from other students in the hallway.Ā
āI told you!ā
She shook her head slowly at you as if to say, No you didnāt!
You rolled your eyes and sighed. Chaewon and her early onset short-term memory loss. āThe backpack thing? And agreeing to tutoring each other? I wrote to the group chat about this!ā
āOh, that! Of course I remember that,ā she said, even though you knew she had forgotten about it and remembered it just now. āSo, has that started already?ā
You reached the classroom for your next class and sat down in your usual seats next to each other, waiting for the teacher to arrive. Busy hallways like these were the perfect place for gossip, because they were loud and nobody paid attention to othersā conversations. āYeah, yesterday afternoon.ā
Chaewon gasped. āAnd you didnāt tell us?!ā
āWill you quiet down? I was going to see and tell you guys today anyway.ā
āOkay, so, tell me about it.ā
āBut-ā
āTell. Me.ā
You wouldnāt see Yena and Hyewon until lunch in two hours, and you knew Chaewon didnāt have the patience to wait until then. So you sighed again and obliged, telling her about your afternoon with Jake in every detail you could remember, because she would ask about insignificant things anyway.Ā
To your surprise, the first thing she said when you were done talking was this: āY/N, do you like Jake?ā
Your mouth opened slightly in shock at the question, but before you could even retort, you started giggling. āNo, I donāt,ā you said in a way that sounded like you very much did.
āOh my God! You so do!ā Chaewon said, giggling along with you. āYou whore, youāve only talked to him, like, twice,ā she joked.
You gasped fake-dramatically and slapped her arm. āOh please, look at Hyewon and Jaemin, they started dating after a week of talking.ā
āYes, and theyāve been going one year strong, so clearly, you need to ask Jake out and get this over with. Youāll get a boyfriend and a math tutor all-in-one, itās a perfect deal!ā
āDonāt get too carried away, okay? Jake and I are friends. Like you said, we barely know each other right now.ā
You meant this - sure, you had had a really good time with Jake both times you saw him, and you were looking forward to your next tutoring session, but you chalked it up to the excitement of making a new friend. Plus, barely last week you felt some sort of way towards his best friend - wouldnāt it be weird to practically transfer your feelings from Sunghoon to Jake?
āWhatever. Yena and Hyewon are gonna freak when I tell them,ā Chaewon said excitedly.
You shook your head at your friend but couldnāt keep down the amused grin on your face. āYou guys are insane.ā
āOh please, like youāre not the president of our Park Sunghoon fanclub. I canāt believe youāre leaving us for his best friend!ā
āHey, if anything, less competition for you, right?ā
Chaewon opened her mouth to say something, but the teacher arrived, starting the lesson before having even put her bag down - Mrs Lee always arrived late but never wasted a second of class when she was in the room. Your friend resorted to sticking her tongue out at you instead, and you chuckled at her childishness as you opened your History notebook.Ā
ā
Jake was a complete, total, utter idiot. His plan had consisted of two things only, and heād somehow managed to forget one of them, even after talking about it with you, albeit vaguely. It had taken him two weeks and one Park Sunghoon to even remember it.
Between Jakeās soccer practice, Sunghoonās ice skating practice and Jayās being away at boarding school, the three friends only had one night every week on which they were all free - Friday night. So, every Friday, they planned some sort of hang out at one of their houses and gamed or watched movies all night.
Kinda like date night, but for bros.
This was one of those bro nights; namely, the one in the second week of you and Jake tutoring each other. The boys had decided to go to the burger joint they like that night and were in the middle of a french fry fight when Sunghoon mentioned your and Jakeās new friendship.
āSo, Jakeā¦ whatās up with you and Y/N?ā
Jake halted in his motions, redirecting to his mouth the fry he was about to throw at Jay. āNothingās up with me and Y/N. What makes you say that?ā
āJust, you know, you seem like youāve become actual friends. Talking in the hallways and walking your dogs together and whatnot.ā
āY/N as in Y/N? Sunghoonās Y/N?ā Jay said, halfway through a bite of his cheeseburger.
āSheās not my Y/N-ā
āYes, Y/N as in Y/N, you idiot,ā Jake cut in. āAnd like you said, weāre friends.ā
āIs she the girl you posted some BeReals with?ā Jay asked, and Jake nodded. āSheās pretty! No wonder Sunghoon likes her so much.ā
Sunghoon sighed as he let his head hang low. āGod forbid I find a girl cute, because Iāll mention it once, two years ago and you guys make me out to be in love with her.ā
āSunghoon, you act like girls donāt exist, so of course when you not only mention a girl, but describe her as cute, that means youāre in love with her!ā
āBut Iām not! We were literally having a whole conversation about girls, I happened to see Y/N and her friends from far away, I said she was cute, and now you guys wonāt let me live it down. Jay, you werenāt even there!ā
āYeah, but the way Jake told me about the whole thing, it really sounded like you liked her.ā
āWhy would you trust Jake to relay something like this correctly?!ā
Jay paused and tilted his head. āYou have a point there.ā
āHey!ā
āSo you donāt, likeā¦ like her, or something?ā Sunghoon asked, looking at his friend as he sipped on his Pepsi.
This made Jake stop. Did he like you? Wasnāt the fact that he was considering it sign enough? Surely, if there was nothing there, he would have answered no right away.
But there was no use thinking about it. You liked Sunghoon. And as much as he liked to deny it, Jake knew Sunghoon liked you, too. After two years, there was finally an opportunity for the two of you to get closer - Jake wasnāt about to get in the middle of that. If anything, he should help his friends out. Then, when you and Sunghoon eventually got married, Jake would have the honor of saying it was all thanks to him in his best manās speech.Ā
āNo, I donāt. Donāt worry, Hoon, Iām not gonna steal your girl away from you.ā
āAgain, sheās not my girl-ā
āWhatever you say. Iāll introduce you guys.ā
Even if Sunghoon didnāt think he liked you yet, Jake knew it was just a matter of time - his friend just needed to spend a few hours with you to realize he did. You were pretty, smart, funny, nice, had the sweetest laugh heād ever heard, got along with dogs, and even though you sometimes had weird opinions, it was always fun, talking to you. It was easy and comfortable. Anyone with taste would fall for you.
Anyone, except for Jake, of course.
ā
For the past three weeks, you and Jake had gotten along perfectly, but today, on this bright Tuesday afternoon, you really wanted to strangle him.Ā
When heād invited you to come and watch him at soccer practice, youād been surprised, but happy - usually, you invited people to watch an actual game, not just practice. But you were just glad for the opportunity to spend more time with him.Ā
Without realizing it, you were giddy with excitement the whole day, counting down the minutes until classes were over and Jakeās practice started. Jake had told you to just head to the bleachers while the players got ready in the locker room, but when you reached said bleachers, someone was already sitting there, looking at something on their phone. You recognized him immediately as Sunghoon. He didnāt notice you right away, so you had time to wipe the surprise off of your face - you hadnāt thought anyone came to watch practice, but Sunghoon was probably here for Jake, just like you.Ā
āHey,ā you said quietly as you sat down next to him. Even though you were technically still on school property, this was the first time you saw Sunghoon outside of somewhere like a classroom, a hallway or the cafeteria. You werenāt as nervous as you thought youād be, seeing him unexpectedly like this.Ā
You chuckled when Sunghoon started at your sudden arrival. āOh, hey, Y/N,ā he said, chuckling too, albeit somewhat awkwardly. āSorry, didnāt hear you coming.ā
āItās fine,ā you said with a smile as you sat down next to him on the bleachers. You didnāt know what sort of distance was appropriate between you two, if you should sit close or far, but you stopped yourself before you could overthink something as trivial as that. Neither of you said anything for a few seconds and you wished practice had started before you got here, so that youād have something to look at other than an empty field.
You broke the silence before it became too uncomfortable. āSo, do you come watch Jake often?ā
Youād been fiddling with your hands as you spoke, only turning your head to look at Sunghoon as you awaited his answer. Your eyes didnāt even meet for a fraction of a second before he whipped his head to look at the field, as if unable to look at you and talk at the same time. At least he had a nice side profile for you to look at.
āUm, just on Tuesdays. I have ice skating practice after this, so I come here first, then he comes with me to the rink,ā he replied. He glanced at you, lips pressed into a thin line that somewhat resembled a smile and that pushed dimples into his cheeks. You simply hummed in response.Ā
āWhat about you, how come youāre here?ā
āJake asked me,ā you replied. Sunghoon let out a long āohā as he nodded, turning his head back towards the field again. You didnāt think youād ever had such a slow conversation. It was like you and Sunghoon both repeated your words ten times over in your heads before saying them out loud.
āAre you coming to my practice, too?ā he asked after another pause.
The question took you aback slightly as you hadnāt even considered it, but it could be fun, seeing Sunghoon practice ice skating. Itād also be fun to hang out with Jake. āIf itās fine with you, then yeah, why not,ā you replied, smiling at Sunghoon. He glanced at you again before looking away with a smile, an actual one this time that showed his teeth and made his eyes crinkle.
āYeah, sure. People usually only come to actual shows, so I like it when someoneās there to watch practice.ā Before you could find something to say, the players arrived jogging onto the field, immediately starting their warm-up laps. Some were serious about it and stayed focused as they ran, while others goofed around, running backwards and slapping other players on their butts before sprinting away. Jake, of course, was part of the latter group.
Now that something was actually happening on the field, you and Sunghoon had an excuse not to make conversation anymore. You tried to ignore it, but it was so awkward you wanted to die. You realized now why you were so attracted to people like Jake and Chaewon - without even being aware of it, they brought you out of your shell and made you feel at ease. You wished you could do that on your own, but you were always too scared, so you needed that person who was confident enough showing themselves to you first to make you feel comfortable doing the same. You and Sunghoon, unfortunately, were too similar in that sense to do that for each other. So you just sat there in silence, observing Jake and waving back at him when he caught your gazes.
The ninety minutes of practice didnāt go by in total silence - you asked Sunghoon about some soccer rules you didnāt get, and he shared some anecdotes from his and Jakeās earlier teenage years, including a very entertaining story about a tantrum 9-year-old Jake had thrown when he hadnāt agreed with the red card the referee had given him. You werenāt sure how the topic came up, but at some point, you even shared pictures of your pets. Sunghoon had one of those small crusty white dogs, but you kept your laughter in and cooed over how cute she was.Ā
But still, most of the time, you were watching Jake. You had never been interested in soccer or any sort of sport that involved balls until now. Somehow, he managed to make flushed cheeks, a heaving chest and hairline beaded with sweat look glorious. In total honesty, you were paying more attention to the player himself than to the sport, to the point that you barely noticed when he scored a goal during their practice match. It was only when Jake started cheering and high-fiving his teammates that you realized what had happened, and you gave him two thumbs up and a wide grin when he looked your and Sunghoonās way, proudly shouting āDid you see that?!ā
The realization hit you like a ton of bricks right there and then. The way your heart swelled as you watched his excited, puppyish grin take over his features was undeniable - you liked Jake. You like liked him. Your gaze continued to follow him as he finished his celebratory lap. If you couldāve seen yourself right then, youād probably have been embarrassed by your awestruck expression and slightly agape mouth, but you couldnāt help yourself.
Much to your dismay, you realized that Chaewon had seen right through you. You hadnāt wanted to read too much into your feelings, but they had become too obvious to ignore. You hadnāt experienced them yourself since middle school (Choi Soobin had really been a heartbreaker back then), but youād heard about the telltale signs of a crush too many times not to know about them. It was now clear that the way you felt about Jake and the way you had felt about Sunghoon were worlds apart. Feeling nervous around him and your heart skipping a beat when you made eye contact; wanting to see him smile; laughing at all his jokes, even the bad ones; missing him even though itād been seconds since you said goodbye, and counting down the days until you saw him again. And, yes, looking at his pictures on social media over and over again. You did all those things, so you knew there was no point in lying to yourself anymore - you liked Jake Sim.Ā
It didnāt help that he was always kind to you, never making you feel stupid for not understanding something in your tutoring sessions and being patient enough to explain the same thing over and over again. He always paid attention to small things, which never failed to make your heart race, like asking after your aging catās condition after youād told him he had a health check-up over the weekend or stocking up on your favorite snack the week after youād told him about it. Heād also immediately picked up on your habit of teasing the people you felt comfortable with and you loved how he returned it tenfold. It was as much fun debating with him over nothing and making him shut up with your senseless arguments as it was being rendered speechless when he came up with the perfect retort.Ā
And of course, there was no denying that Jake was ridiculously attractive. There were times you got so caught up in the way his lips moved as he spoke or the way his fingers looked as he pointed at numbers on the page that your mind completely blanked out and you stopped listening to his words for a few seconds. You didnāt know what to make of his small chuckle and smirk when he noticed your gaze fixated on him, but you knew it wasnāt good for your heart. And letās not even get started on the fact that sitting so close to him meant you could smell the lingering scent of his cologne every single time.
Even now, with flushed cheeks and hair slicked back with sweat, you want to run onto the field and give him a big smooch on his cheek, telling him you were proud of him for scoring that goal.
But even though you were getting closer and he had offered for you to come watch his practice, you squashed down as best as you could any hope that he might feel the same way about you. Even if he insisted he was bad with girls, Jake was popular at school, and you were sure there were many other girls who had a crush on him - so why would he like you of all people?
Sunghoonās voice snapped you out of your thoughts. āEvery time he scores, he acts like itās the first time heās ever done it,ā he said, chuckling and shaking his head at his friendās over-dramatic antics. The coach was trying to get Jake to calm down so that the game could resume.
āHeās so cute,ā you said, voice quiet, before you could stop yourself. But as soon as the words were out, you realized what youād done, and your eyes doubled in size as you turned to look at Sunghoon. He had whipped his head to look at you, too, and his eyes were just as big as yours. Then, he burst into laughter, and you hoped the Earth would suddenly open beneath your feet and swallow you whole.Ā
When his surprise had subsided, Sunghoon turned to you again, an incredulous but amused glint in his eyes. āDid you just call Jake cute?ā
You crossed your arms over your chest, slightly frowning as you avoided Sunghoonās gaze. āI just meant, you know, itās cute how excited he got. I didnāt say he was cute,ā you mumbled, knowing you were doing a poor job of defending yourself.
āThatās exactly what you said, though. You said, and I quote, Heās so cute.ā You glared at Sunghoon. Who knew he would only become talkative once it came to teasing you about Jake?Ā
His expression softened slightly when he realized you might actually be upset about this, and he turned his attention back towards the field, smile growing when he found his friend. āDonāt worry, I wonāt say anything.ā
āThereās nothing to be said anyway.ā
āOh? So you donāt mind if I tell Jake that you have the biggest, fattest crush on- hmph!ā
Youād cut Sunghoon off by pressing your palm to his mouth, mustering the most menacing look you could to scare him off. āI do not,ā you said firmly as you moved your hand away from him.
āSure, you donāt,ā he replied, chuckling. Clearly, your most menacing look wasnāt so menacing.
āI get why Jakeās so annoying now, itās because heās friends with you.ā
Sunghoon raised an amused eyebrow at this. āHe might be annoying, but heās also cute, right?ā
āShut up!ā you shrieked immediately, but you couldnāt stop the grin forcing its way onto your lips.
āJust saying,ā Sunghoon said, and you laughed together. Maybe you shouldāve been more worried about Jakeās literal best friend finding out you had a crush on him, but you somehow trusted Sunghoon not to blabber about it. Whether because he was nice or because he wanted to watch you struggle with your feelings, you werenāt sure, but at least you felt your secret was safe with him.
You looked back at the field, and just as your eyes found Jake, you saw him turn his head away. Had you seen him just seconds prior, you might have noticed the crease in his eyebrows as he watched you and Sunghoon laugh together. Sunghoon isnāt that funny, he thought, what could you be laughing so hard about?
He didnāt understand the sudden weight in his heart at the sight of you and his friend getting along so well. This was his whole plan after all - force some proximity between you and Sunghoon so that you could talk and hopefully make your feelings clear to each other after some time. Clearly, it was working. So why was it bothering him so much?Ā
He had to turn his attention back to the game, so he could only ruminate over it for five seconds, but for the remaining thirty minutes, he could barely focus on anything. Whenever he glanced back at you and Sunghoon, you were both looking at him and not talking to each other, and that somehow bothered him even more.Ā
He used his time in the lockers to get out of the weird mood he was in - whatever was going on between you and Sunghoon, he didnāt want to ruin it by being grumpy. So when he came back out and found the two of you waiting for him at the bus stop, he put on his best smile.Ā
Having you around made his usual Tuesday afternoon with Sunghoon more fun - after years of friendship, Sunghoon ignored most of his jokes and could tune the sound of his voice out, but you still laughed at everything he said, and his heart swelled with pride every time he made you laugh.
It was only a ten-minute bus ride from the school to the ice rink so you still had twenty minutes to spare before Sunghoonās lesson started. As always after soccer practice, Jake was famished, so you stopped by a convenience store and got more snacks than you really needed.
You sat next to Sunghoon and across from Jake at a picnic table in front of the ice rink, watching the boy in front of you with fascination as he gorged himself on banana milk and chocolate snacks.
āGod, how long has it been since you last ate?ā you asked with genuine concern in your voice. Sunghoon followed your gaze towards Jake, only then noticing his friendās feral behavior as if this was a normal occurrence for them.
āLike three hours,ā Jake answered. āIām starving. So hungry I could eat Sunghoon.ā
When he looked up, you were both peering at him with furrowed eyebrows and bewildered expressions on your faces. āWhat? Why are you looking at me like that?ā
āDo you mean that Sunghoon is a horse?ā you asked.
Jake mirrored your confused expressions. āWhat? No, why would I say that?ā
āThe saying goes, so hungry I could eat a horse, dumbass,ā Sunghoon chimed in.
āWhy would I eat a horse?ā Jake replied, shaking his head and chuckling at you and Sunghoon like you were the ones who had gotten a basic idiom wrong.
āWhy would you eat me?ā Sunghoon bit back, sounding almost offended.
āItās just a saying, dude.ā
Half-an-hour and two whole packets of biscuits later, you and Jake sat side-by-side on the benches, watching Sunghoon as he did his warm-ups on the ice. This was your first time seeing a professional ice skater and you were transfixed, to say the least. He was just skating across the rink and rolling his arms and neck to get the muscles moving, but it all seemed so effortless and elegant that you couldnāt help but watch with your mouth slightly open, eyes eager to keep up with Sunghoonās figure.
You were so mesmerized that you had no idea Jake was practically burning holes into the side of your face. Eyes narrowed and nose scrunched in disgust, he couldnāt believe you were enjoying the show in front of you that much. āHeās not even doing anything special right now, you know,ā he said, but it only made him realize that when Sunghoon did start doing cool stuff, youād like it even more.
Your head barely budged in Jakeās direction as you answered him, and your eyes certainly didnāt leave Sunghoon. āReally? It already looks so cool, though.ā Jake scoffed, but that still didnāt get your attention, which made him scoff again. He crossed his arms over his chest and frowned like a child whose parent wasnāt paying attention to their drawing.Ā
āCooler than me?ā
Finally, you look at me, Jake thought, and his frown immediately dissipated into a grin when your eyes met. But judging by the teasing way your lips curled up, he already knew he wasnāt going to like your answer.
āCooler than you,ā you replied before turning your attention back to the rink.
Jake leans back with a pout, opting to glare at his friend instead of you. He tried to put himself in your shoes and figure out what it was about Sunghoon you liked so much that Jake didnāt also have. Devastatingly good looks? Check. Charming smile? Check. Cute dog? Check - Jake more so than Sunghoon. Brains? Okay, both of them lacked this. Good personality? Check - however, you needed months before Sunghoon revealed himself to you, whereas Jake was outgoing and was comfortable even with people heād just met.Ā
So why was the bearer of your affection Sunghoon and not Jake?
And why did Jake even care that you liked his friend over him in the first place?
It wasnāt like Jake liked you - he couldnāt like a girl that his best friend liked - so why did this at all matter to him? If anything, the fact that you liked Sunghoon back shouldāve been something to rejoice over. It had been, up until now, and Jake couldnāt figure out why. He couldnāt figure out this weird sensation that had plagued him in the soccer field and followed him to the ice rink as he watched you watch Sunghoon with amazement.
Jake was so lost in his own thoughts that he didnāt even notice when you detached your eyes from Sunghoon, who was talking to his coach, and tilted your head at him. āJake?āĀ
The boy only let out a low hum, still too upset to look at you.
An amused grin made your lips quirk up. āAre you pouting because I said Sunghoon was cooler than you?ā
Jake scoffed, turning his head away from you. āNo.ā
A pause. āSo you donāt mind if I go on and on about how elegant and beautiful ice skating is, while running after a ball and kicking it is the basis of the stupidest sport in the world?ā
Jake glared at you, but it only made you smile more. āItās not stupid.ā
Despite himself, his pretend angry facade broke apart at the sound of your airy giggles. Jake didnāt think his ears had ever been graced with such a pretty sound before - he slapped himself mentally as soon as that thought crossed his mind.Ā
His heart did jumps and spins more impressive than Sunghoonās when you reached a hand out to ruffle his hair, shaking your head at his behavior. For once, he was glad that you turned back to Sunghoon so that you wouldnāt see the bright blush spreading all over his face.
For the next hour, Jake put his weird feelings to the side and watched his friend practice his routine for his upcoming competition. Even he had to admit that Sunghoon looked pretty cool doing what he loved.
You told him you found it all the more impressive because youād never skated before, so it looked unachievable to you, and an idea immediately formed in Jakeās mind. As soon as Sunghoonās practice was over, he rushed over to his friend and asked if the two of you could join him on the ice. Sunghoon turned to his coach, who simply shrugged.
āI trust you to look after them,ā she said. āJust make sure to be out when the hockey team gets here.ā
Before you knew it, Jake was helping you tie up your ice skates (the sight of which made you faint-hearted) and both boys helped you onto the ice rink, each holding onto one of your hands as you tried not to freak out at the feeling of your knees being so wobbly. Sunghoon demonstrated how to move around the ice, and soon enough, youād gotten the hang of it - but you still made sure to keep Jake at an armās length so you could grab onto him every time you lost your balance. Jake stayed by your side, smiling fondly at how excited you looked and cheering you on every time you took a step of your own. Sunghoon, on the other hand, seemed to find it funny to watch from afar and point and laugh every time you stumbled.
After some time, Sunghoon announced he was feeling hungry and decided to go eat some snacks, leaving you and Jake alone in the rink. The wink Sunghoon threw your way when Jake wasnāt looking let you know what his true intentions were, and you couldnāt believe Jakeās best friend had just become your wingman.
āFeeling ready to skate around the rink?ā Jake asked. His boyish grin was contagious, and you found yourself matching it even though you were still nervous about moving around too much.
āIf you help me,ā you answered tentatively, looking at him worriedly as you held out your hand for him to take. The softness of his gaze as he smiled down at you made you want to melt into a puddle on the floor.
āOf course,ā he said, taking your hand in his warm one. Your fingers intertwined as if out of second nature and you thought you finally understood why people said their hands were meant to hold someone elseās.
Being friends with an ice skater for such a long time meant Jake had acquired some skill, too, which is why he could so easily show you how to turn or pick up speed. Whenever you lost your balance, he was always quick enough to make sure you didnāt actually fall, picking you up before your backside could touch the ice. He found your frightened expression every time you thought you would fall absolutely adorable, but your pout and slight frown whenever he teased you were somehow even cuter.
He only let go of your hand after some ten minutes (neither of you had even begun to question Sunghoonās whereabouts by then) when he came to stand in front of you, a serious expression on his face.
āI think youāre ready, Y/N,ā he declared solemnly.
āReady forā¦?ā you asked, scared of whatever he had in mind.
He leaned in slightly and the sudden proximity took you aback, but he didnāt seem to realize. A mischievous smirk broke through his handsome features. āA race,ā he whispered, then skated to one edge of the rink and motioned for you to follow him. Reluctantly, you did.
āFirst to the other edge has toā¦ā he thought for a second, gazing at the ceiling. You wanted to be mad at him for proposing a race when youād literally just learned how to skate, but how could you when he looked so cute and giddy, searching for the loserās penalty? āBuy the other ice cream!ā
Your eyes were probably the image of tenderness as you looked at him. āDeal,ā you said, wanting to sound as playful as him but voice coming out soft. Since when had you fallen so hard for him?
You held each otherās gazes for a couple more seconds before both turning in front of you, getting ready for your race. Jake counted down from three, and your skating wasnāt so bad at first - until you got too cocky for your own good, trying to go at a pace you clearly couldnāt handle. Before you knew it, your knees betrayed you and you found yourself tripping over, your butt making a loud thump sound as it came into contact with the ice.
On your way down, youād shrieked Jakeās name, and he was at your side in the blink of an eye, holding your shoulder and looking at you worriedly. The pain was immediate, and for a few seconds, you couldnāt answer him and reassure him that you were fine.
āOh God, Iām so sorry, I shouldnāt have asked to race, God Y/N Iām so stupid Iām so sorry are you okay I didnāt want you to get hurt-ā
āJake,ā you squeaked.
āYeah?ā
āIām okay, calm down,ā you said when the pain subsided, managing a smile. āIāll just have a sore butt tomorrow.ā He chuckled at the word ābutt,ā but you didnāt have it in you to roll his eyes at his childishness.
āAre you sure youāre okay? Thereās an infirmary here-ā
āIām sure, Jakey-poo,ā you teased, making him lose the concerned expression as he bore an unimpressed one instead.
āI guess you are fine if you can think to call me that. Come on, up!ā he said as he stood up, reaching his hands out for you to take. Just as he helped you up, Sunghoon came sprinting and stood at the entrance to the rink.
āIs everything okay? I heard a yell,ā he said, slightly out-of-breath with half a biscuit in his mouth. Guess he really was eating this whole time.
You and Jake laughed and shook your head at him, and you reassured him that everything was fine.Ā
āGood, ācause the hockey teamās here and we have to go anyway.ā
There was a bus that took Sunghoon directly from the ice rink to his house, but you and Jake had to go back to the school to catch the one you usually took, which meant you had a forty-minute journey in front of you. And yet, Jakeās company made those forty minutes feel like five, and you found yourself disappointed when the bus neared your stop.
āIf you want, we can still go walk Kiwi and Layla,ā he offered shyly a few minutes before your stop, as if heād read your mind.Ā
āIād love to.ā You watched as his small smile bloomed into a wider one.
āIām glad,ā he chuckled, relieved. āI was scared youād be tired of me after spending the whole afternoon together,ā he admitted, looking down at his lap with a bashful expression on his face. It wasnāt often that Jake looked timid like this, but whenever he did, your heart tripled in size.
āI donāt think I could get tired of you.ā You were too shy to look him in the eye while you said this, but in your peripheral, you saw his grin get impossibly wider and his eyebrows raise. He bumped your shoulder with his, making the both of you burst into giggles.
You were still smiling long after youād come home from your walk.
ā
Unfortunately for Jake, forcing you and Sunghoon to sit together for ninety minutes hadnāt resulted in the two of you confessing your undying love for the other and getting together - clearly, his plan hadnāt worked very well. But Jake, instead of coming up with another strategy, decided he should just basically do the same thing again and hope it went better this time.Ā
Bro night had been a tradition for the past three years that the boys only very rarely broke, in cases of illness, filial obligations or important competitions the following day. This wasnāt any one of those cases, but Jake decided bro night must be slightly sacrificed that night - for your and Sunghoonās sake. Years down the line, he knew youād thank him.
This was why he tricked you into thinking you had been invited to bro night (youād heard a lot about it and considered it an honor to be included) when really, he made Jay promise not to show at the cinema so that you and Sunghoon could be alone. The two of them would make up an excuse about not being able to make it on time and show up later at the diner (āIf you want to set them up, shouldnāt we also leave them alone after the movie?ā Jay had asked Jake over the phone, and Jake had been unable to explain why he didnāt want you to spend the whole night alone with Sunghoon).
āThey ditched us,ā Sunghoon had said in lieu of a greeting when you found him at the entrance of the cinema. He turned his phone screen towards you, showing you their group chat - Jay had had some sort of meeting at his school that had run late and Jake had to go to the vet suddenly because Layla kept making weird noises.
āOh no, I hope sheāll be okay,ā you said, voice laced with genuine worry.
Sunghoon just sighed. āIām sure she will.ā He knew what his friends were up to - it almost never happened that one of them was unable to make it to bro night, so two at once? They were clearly lying. He would make sure to tell Jake how worried sick you were about his dogās fake illness later on just so his friend would feel extra guilty.
You had been looking forward to hanging out with Jake and his friends all day, so you were disappointed to know he wouldnāt make it until later. It wasnāt much comfort that the movie they had picked, some recent Marvel release, was one you were not at all interested in, and you couldnāt even obsess over Jakeās presence next to you instead of the movie because he wasnāt there. Youād have to sit with awkward, quiet Sunghoon for God knows how long - at least the cinema wasnāt much of a talking place.Ā
You declined his kind offer of sharing a big popcorn tub - you didnāt want to risk a clichĆ© reaching-for-popcorn-at-the-same-time moment with Sunghoon, although youād daydreamed and giggled about it happening with Jake earlier that day. Instead, you sipped grumpily on your Cherry Coke, watching the trailers for upcoming movies and discussing them with Sunghoon. (āIām so excited for the Barbie movie,ā heād surprised you by saying. Maybe he wasnāt so bad.)
As the lights dimmed, announcing the imminent start of the movie, Sunghoon whispered something that completely changed your mind about Marvel. āItās so stupid that Jake isnāt here, seriously. Heās been going on and on about going to see this movie since the trailer came out.ā Suddenly, youād never felt the need to pay attention to something more than this.Ā
Well, in your humble opinion, the film wasnāt anything to write home about. It was a lot of loud action scenes with some funny one-liners that, okay, you chuckled at. And the actors were hot. You could sort of see why Jake would enjoy Marvel movies, although you yourself liked films with more social commentary, such as Mean Girls or Bee Movie. Youād need to make Jake watch Twilight one of these days - you were sure heād like the soundtrack, if nothing else.
At least, you and Sunghoon have something to talk about during your short walk to the diner. As you enter the restaurant, a familiar voice calling out your name catches you off-guard.
āChaewon? I thought you didnāt work on Friday nights!ā you exclaimed, letting your friend bring you into a hug. You gave her a once-over - she always looked so pretty in her work uniform, white t-shirt dress draping her body perfectly, apron cinching at her waist, and short pigtails under her 50ās style diner hat. If the blush spreading on Sunghoonās cheeks at her sudden appearance was anything to go by, his thoughts might not have been too far from yours.
She pouted, taking your hands in hers and swaying them between the two of you. āI usually donāt, but Yunjin asked me to trade shifts and she always says yes when I ask her, so I felt bad saying no.ā You nodded and she turned to Sunghoon.
āHi, Sunghoon!ā
āH-hi, Chaewon.ā
āWhereās Jay and Jake?ā she asked, looking behind the two of you. Youād told the group chat about your evening plans and a lot of freaking out had taken place.Ā
āShould be here any minute,ā you sighed, and when she looked at you questioningly, you told her youād explain later.
She sat you at a four-person booth by the window and brought you drinks (āOn the house,ā sheād said with a wink, but you werenāt sure this had been allowed by any of her superiors) for you to sip on while you waited for the others. Every time she was free, she came over to your table and gossiped about the customers. You did not miss the way Sunghoonās face lit up whenever she approached you.
Jake and Jay see you before you see them. Jay, the only one with a driverās license out of the three, had picked Jake up, and he was parking his car when Jake gasped loudly, making Jay jump. āIām trying to park, man, can you be calm?ā
āWhatās she doing here?ā Jake exclaimed, completely ignoring his friend.
Jay followed Jakeās gaze, but he wasnāt sure what his friend was going on about. All he saw was you, whom he recognized from pictures only, Sunghoon, and a waitress that seemed overly-friendly. āWho?ā he asked.
āChaewon,ā Jake hissed, like her name was a curse. āSheās ruining our plan!ā
Jay sighed. āFirst of all, this is your plan. Second of all, it was ruined from the beginning. And by that, I mean that your plan sucks, Jake.ā
Jake clicked his teeth. āWhatever. Letās just go,ā he said, getting out of the car and heading straight for you. He made sure to give Chaewon a pointed look as he sat next to you in the booth, but she just seemed happy that more people had arrived.Ā
You bumped your knee into his to get his attention. āHi,ā you said with a smile.
He looked at you dumbly for a few seconds before Jay cleared his throat awkwardly. āHi. This is Jay,ā he said, tilting his head towards the boy but not taking his eyes off of you. You and Jay exchanged heyās before Chaewon took your order, quickly giving it to the kitchen and scanning the room to make sure every table had what they needed, then headed back to your table.Ā
āIs Layla okay?ā you asked Jake, worry making your brows furrow.
āHuh?ā The sudden mention of his dog took him aback. Why wouldnāt she be okay?
āLayla?ā you repeated, tilting your head. āIs she okay? You said you had to go to the vet.ā
His eyes widened as he remembered his lie from earlier, and he started nodding frantically. āOh yeah, yeah, sheās fine, we panicked over nothing,ā he said with a nervous giggle. Jake was the worst liar Jay and Sunghoon had ever seen, but you were none the wiser.
āWhat about you, Jay? How was your school thing?ā Sunghoon asked, turning to his friend with a glare and making him choke on his Coke.
āOh, that was fine too, I guess,ā Jay mumbled.
As expected, Jake and Chaewon were experts at leading the conversation, and Jay himself was pretty talkative. They all bounced off of each other naturally, and even Sunghoon knew how to throw in witty remarks now and there. You also participated, but you were more than happy just listening to them and laughing along. You tried not to think too much about how your knee would bump into Jakeās once in a while, or how he seemed to look at you every time he made a joke.
At some point, Chaewon had rushed over to your table, looking right at you with wide eyes and beaming. āOh my God Oh my God Oh my God, Y/N, hat guy is here!āĀ
You instantly mirrored her expression. āWhere where where?ā you asked, lifting your body up to scan around the restaurant.
āOver there in the corner, but be discreet!ā
You were not at all discreet as your eyes found said hat guy, noting with satisfaction that he was characteristically hatless, and you burst into laughter. āI canāt believe heās here!ā
āRight? Probably has the munchies or something,ā Chaewon said, laughing along.
You only noticed then the perplexed looks all three boys were sending your way. āWho the heck is hat guy?ā Jake asked, which only made you and Chaewon laugh harder.
āYou wouldnāt get it,ā she replied airily, waving Jake off as she made her way to a customer who had called for her.Ā
The boys turned to you and you shrunk in your seat at their attention. āJust a guy the girls and I find funny,ā you explained, shrugging and glancing quickly at Sunghoon. If only he knew about all the times you and the girls had gossiped about him, even though heād done nothing of importance.
When her shift was over, the first thing Chaewon did was take off her apron, then dragged you to the bathroom, where she drilled you for details about your cinema ādateā with Sunghoon.Ā
āIt was not a date, it just ended up being the two of us because the others couldnāt make it,ā you insisted, but she wasnāt having it. āThereās nothing to say anyway. We got there, talked a bit, watched the movie, walked here, and thatās it.ā
Chaewon sighed, shaking her head as she reapplied her lip gloss. A small smile made its way onto your lips. āI think heās into someone else anyway.āĀ
You noticed how her hand faltered for a split second. āOh yeah? Who?ā she asked, trying to appear nonchalant, but you knew your friend too well.Ā
āIām sure youāll figure it out.āĀ
Unbeknownst to either of you, the discussion between the boys back at the table was not too different from yours.
āBro, Iām literally going to kill you,ā Sunghoon whisper-yelled even though you were way out of earshot already. āDo you know how awkward that was?ā
āJust so you know, I had nothing to do with this,ā Jay said. āI told him that putting two socially constipated idiots like you wouldnāt end well, but he wouldnāt listen.ā
āY/Nās not an idiot!ā Jake immediately reacted.
āAnd I am?!ā Sunghoon retorted.
Jay just rolled his eyes.
āYou are, because this is the second time youāre alone together with the girl you like and you can barely make conversation with her.ā
āFor the last time, I donāt like her, I just called her cute once in freshman year-ā
āSame thing!ā
āJake, I donāt know how many times I can tell you the same thing before you get it. Iāve been around Y/N enough to know I donāt like her like that, okay? Weāve had two classes where we sat together for a whole semester, and weāve worked with other people in group projects. Not to mention, youāve made me sit through one of your practices with her. Sheās nice. She sends me the homework when I miss class. She even laughs at my jokes sometimes. And her dog is super cute. Iām sure weād be better friends if we both didnāt have crippling shyness, but I donāt like her like that. I just donāt.ā
āBut how?!ā
āWhat do you mean how? This sorta thing doesnāt have any sort of reasonable answer, you just do or you donāt. I donāt. Clearly, you do.ā
Jake heard the last part of Sunghoonās words, and promptly decided to ignore them. He had to understand this first - heād figure out his feelings later. āThis whole time, I thought you were just downplaying your feelings, ācause youāre an awkward asshole who doesnāt do emotions,ā he said, eyes tightly shut and holding his head, the confusion making his brain hurt.
āOkay, ouch. But no, I wasnāt. I really donāt know what got into your head.ā
āI know what got into his head,ā Jay said. Both of his friends looked at him questioningly, so he went on. āWhen Sunghoon mentioned Y/N, you probably thought she was super cute too, Jake. But because of bro code and whatnot, you didnāt wanna show any interest. And then as you saw her around more, you probably liked her more, but you thought Sunghoon liked her, so you sort of gave him your crush on her instead of dealing with it. You lived vicariously through him, basically. Except youāre an idiot because he doesnāt even like her like that, so you couldāve shot your shot a long time ago already. I donāt know why you didnāt just listen to him, to be honest,ā Jay finished, shrugging.
āYou also thought he liked her!ā Jake retorted.
āThatās besides the point. The point is that youāre stupid.ā
āBut- but, what about all those times you talked about her? I didnāt make those up!āĀ
Sunghoon rolled his eyes. āThe most I ever said about her was something like, Y/N and I both forgot our textbook today, or Y/N brought cookies for the class because itās her birthday. You were always the one to notice her everywhere and go, Thereās your crush, or something.ā
Jake sighed, defeated. He could admit Sunghoon was right about something, and he was wrong - but he hated that Jay was also right. Had he really managed to bury his feelings for you all these years just for what he thought was Sunghoonās sake? Sure, he was a loyal friend, but that felt a little much.
āWhatever,ā he mumbled, recoiling from his friendsā expectant gazes and taking a sad bite of his cheeseburger. āItās not like she likes me back, or anything.āĀ
He watched in confusion as Sunghoon let out a loud groan, screwing his eyes shut and taking his head in his hands as if it hurt. āThis is so frustrating, Iām going to kill myself.ā
Jake turned to Jay for some sort of explanation to their friendās sudden suicidal thoughts, but Jay just looked back at Jake with disgust. āWhen did you become so dumb? I swear you didnāt use to be like this,ā he said, shaking his head in disappointment.
Jakeās eyes flickered between his two friends in utter dismay. āWhat?ā
āJake,ā Jay started. āDo you really, honestly, genuinely think Y/N doesnāt like you?ā
The boy leaned back in his seat with a pout. āYeah,ā he mumbled.
Sunghoonās head whipped up at this. Jake gulped at the intense glare his friend fixed him with - heād never looked so angry with him, and it made Jake wonder what on Earth he could have said or done that made Sunghoon so upset. āWhy?ā he asked simply, but the frustration was evident in his voice.
Your diary popped up in Jakeās head. What he had read was clear. Of course, the entry dated from over a month ago now, but why would your feelings have changed since then? Jake sighs deeply, getting ready to reveal to his friends what heād seen, but then he sees you and Chaewon emerging from the bathroom. āTheyāre coming back,ā he mumbled.
It was Sunghoon and Jayās turn to sigh. āJust pay attention to her, Jake, okay?ā Jay instructed, giving his friend an intent look.
āI already do,ā Jake replied, frowning.
āNo, really pay attention to her. Then use your pea-sized brain for once in your life, and maybe youāll realize something.ā
A strongly-worded reply was on the tip of Jakeās tongue, but all thoughts of violence and murdering his friend were replaced by images of rainbows and pretty flowers when you smiled at him. He felt like the biggest of idiots for liking you so much and only realizing it now.
āHi,ā he said dumbly as you found your seat next to him again, then stole a french fry from you even though he had many left himself. When you gasped at his audacity, he just giggled.
āHey!ā you exclaimed in protest before stealing a fry back.Ā
If you hadnāt been so caught up in your little world, youād have noticed the knowing look your three friends exchanged and their simultaneous eye roll.Ā
ā
The following Monday, you decided to have your tutoring session at your house instead of Jakeās. His mom was away at a convention for the week, so youād have to take the bus anyway - since your house was two stops earlier, you offered to switch it up for once. Jake had never actually been inside your house and was curious to see what it was like, so he eagerly agreed.Ā
Kiwi was happy to see him and followed the two of you around the house as you gave Jake a quick tour before going up to your room. When you reached the top landing, you realized that Kiwi was still at the bottom of the stairs and was looking up at you expectantly. āIs she not allowed upstairs?ā Jake asked.
āUsually not, but I let her come up when my momās not here. Come on Kiwi! Itās okay!ā
Kiwi didnāt need to be told twice - she trudged her little body up the stairs, and you couldnāt help but giggle at her adorableness. āSheās so cute,ā you cooed, looking at your dog with a huge smile on your face.
āShe really is,ā Jake agreed, but when you turned your head to face him, he wasnāt looking at Kiwi - he was looking straight at you, a softness in his eyes that made your stomach turn. He snapped out of it when he noticed your round, surprised eyes, and cleared his throat. āSo, whereās your room?ā he asked, looking around the hallway and avoiding your gaze.
āOver there,ā you replied, fighting the smile that tried to make its way to your lips as you headed towards your room, Jake and Kiwi following right behind.Ā
You told Jake to wait for a second as you went to get a second chair. When you came back, he was standing in front of your shelves, upper body slightly bent forwards to observe all the decorations and framed pictures closer. You placed the chair next to your desk then joined him, answering all the questions he had about the items on your shelves. Whoās this? When was this? Where did you get this? In his defense, you really did have a lot of things - you were trying to get rid of your hoarding habits, but you got attached to every small thing that held some sort of significance. You went to sit at the edge of your bed and just watched him, his eyes glinting with curiosity.
It reminded you of the first time youād been to his house, how upset heād seemed when you talked about his baby pictures and how you hadnāt wanted to risk looking at all the stuff in his room. You were also curious about things like that, and you wondered once again what had bothered him so much. The question was burning your tongue - although you were nervous to ask it, not wanting to upset Jake once more, you now knew him well enough to know he wasnāt the type to stay mad for long.Ā
āCan I ask you something?ā
āSure,ā Jake replied, fingers toying with your favorite Littlest Pet Shop figurine you had kept from when you were eight.
āWhy didnāt you want me to look at your baby photos that one time?ā
Jake paused at your words. He stood up straight and set the figurine back on the shelf. He glanced at you before walking over to your bed and taking a seat next to you, leaning back on his palms while you rested your hands underneath your thighs.Ā
āYou probably noticed I donāt mention my dad, right? Or the fact that heās never home?āĀ
You nodded in response. You had noticed it, but youād never brought the topic up in case it might be sensitive. Jake sighed. āHe passed away when I was six.ā
You turned your head towards him. To your surprise, his face remained expressionless - you couldnāt detect any sort of sadness or anger in his features, as if he was just reciting a fact. His uncharacteristic numbness upset you even more than any tears could have.Ā
He met your gaze and gave you a small smile. āI was so young that I only have very vague memories of him, like playing soccer together in the backyard or a trip to the beach with my parents and my brother. I only remember his face and his voice from the photos and videos my mom has shown me.ā He sighed again, shifting forwards and resting his hands in his lap, fiddling with his fingers. āSo when I see these pictures, they sort of just remind me of what Iāve lost? I really donāt like lingering on them. I sort of just ignore them every time I walk up or down the stairs.ā
āIām sorry, I wouldnāt have mentioned them if Iād known-ā
Jake is quick to shake his head. āNo, no, donāt be sorry. You couldnāt have guessed.ā You want to comfort Jake in some way, thank him for telling you something so personal, but youāre not sure what words to use - so, instead, you take one of his hands in yours and bring it to your lap, then cover it with your other one. Your eyes meet for a second - he looks slightly taken aback at first, but then, his eyes drift down to your joined hands, and a small blush spreads on his cheeks.
āIām- Iām okay, really. Like I said, it happened so long ago that Iām used to not having a dad now. It almost feels like itās always been that way, which makes it even weirder to think it wasnāt. Itās justā¦ It feels weird to miss someone I barely remember so much, you know?ā
You nodded and let out a low hum. āI do know.ā Jake tilted his head at you, silently asking you to go on. āItās different, but I get that feeling of missing something you barely remember. I have these blurry memories of my parents being happy together and the three of us being a happy family, and then all of a sudden itās hearing arguments from my room and my dad moving out, and theyāre asking me, Do you wanna live with mom or dad?ā
You watched as Jake moved his hand slightly, intertwining your fingers together and squeezing your hand. āI was older than you were when they divorced, so I guess I have more memories to hold onto, but they hurt more than anything.ā You let out a deep sigh. āMy dad cheated, so itās not like I wished my mom had stayed with him, but I was too young to understand what was happening. I just wanted my parents together again.āĀ
When you lifted your head to look at him, he met your gaze, and his eyes were so soft yet so intense, like he was seeing right into you. Then he chuckled. āDo you ever get jealous of other peopleās parents?ā he asks, a shy smile playing on his lips.
āAll the time,ā you admitted with a chuckle, relieved to find out you werenāt the only one. āYena has been blessed with these like, practically perfect parents that are still in love after twenty years, never argue and have a healthy relationship with all of their kids. Iām so in awe every time I see them.ā
āSunghoonās parents are like that. I feel terrible, but every time they come to cheer him on at his competitions, I just get so jealous, wishing I also had three people coming to see my games and not just two. And I always feel so silly for feeling that way.ā
āYouāre not silly for that, Jake,ā you said, and the honesty in your voice seemed to take him aback slightly. A grin spread on your lips. āYou may be silly for other things, but not for that,ā you teased, making him chuckle. āI can be your third person, if you want,ā you said softly, lightly bumping your shoulder against his.
His eyes seemed to light up at your words, and your smile couldnāt help but get wider at his reaction - that was, until he raised an eyebrow, almost defiantly. āYeah? I thought you found soccer boring,ā he said with a playful smirk.
āItās not boring if youāre the one playing,ā you replied. A small noise of surprise escaped his throat before he could help it, not expecting you to be so forward, and you both burst into giggles.Ā
He cleared his throat when you both calmed down and stood up straighter, trying to put on a cool front. āOf course it isnāt.ā He turned his head to look out the window, and the sight of the sunlight perfectly hitting his features and turning his dark brown eyes a hazel color almost took your breath away. āItās really nice out,ā he suddenly said. He turned back to you, a mischievous glint in his eyes. āHow about we ditch the tutoring for today and go out?ā
His eyes drifted down to your lips, watching as a smile tugged at the corners of your own. āIām in.ā
That was how you found yourselves sitting at a bench in the park close to your house, eating ice cream and watching Kiwi and Layla play together. You tried each otherās ice cream, and you regretted your choice of simple vanilla and strawberry as soon as Jakeās mango ice cream touched your tongue. Your eyes widened at the amazing taste - it felt like you had bit into an actual mango.Ā
āGood, right?ā Jake asked, chuckling at your reaction.
āWhat the heck, yours is so much better than mine,ā you mumbled, pouting at the ice cream in your cup like it had personally hurt you.
Jake thought for a second, looking back and forth between your upset expression and his own cup. āWanna switch?ā
Your heart was screaming yes, but your brain was screaming no. You tried your best to appear genuine when you smiled at him. āNo, donāt worry about it. I still like mine.ā You looked at him as you scooped another spoonful into your mouth as if to prove to him you were happy with your choice, even going so far as to hum in delight.
Jake just chuckled and shook his head at you, taking your cup and giving you his anyway. You were about to protest until he started eating your ice cream, imitating your previous hum. You quietly accepted the exchange, smiling as you tasted the mango ice cream again and trying to ignore the fact that Jake hadnāt switched the spoons with the cups, so you were using his and he was using yours.Ā
As you ate in silence, occasionally chuckling at your dogsā antics, Jake stole some glances at you. He wasnāt sure why you looked so much prettier today than all the times heād seen you before. Or maybe you were just as pretty as youād always been, and he was just finally letting himself admit it.Ā
He may have had many friends, but there werenāt many people Jake was truly himself around. He always felt the need to be this friendly, outgoing guy that made it seem like everything was going well in his life, but with you, he felt like it was okay to stop pretending. He felt like it was okay to ask for help, like it was okay to reveal the darker parts of his life.
Now that Jay and Sunghoon had practically forced him to see the truth, Jake didnāt know what to do about his feelings for you. He finally understood why he always looked forward to your tutoring sessions, why he was so excited whenever he walked past you in the hallways, and why he was so bothered about you and Sunghoon getting along.
Sunghoon. Because even if Jake now knew that he liked you, he also knew that you liked someone else. And what was the point of letting himself fall for you even more when there was no happy ending in sight for him? Heād only get hurt in the end.
Just as the thought hit him, you turned to look at him and meet his gaze, a soft smile on your lips. Every time you smiled at him like that, Jake felt like he was watching a movie. Everything happened in slow-motion, with flowers falling around you and violins playing in the background. Jake almost felt sick, knowing he was only the second lead in your romance movie. He was the stupid werewolf and Sunghoon was the vampire that glistened in the sun and got the girl. (You had convinced him to watch Twilight, saying it was a mandatory watch to understand who you were as a person. Of course, Jake had streamed it that same night. The soundtrack was surprisingly good.)
Your voice snapped him out of his downward-spiraling thoughts. āYou know, I almost got scared that Sunghoon would appear out of thin air and start hanging out with us.ā
Jake tried not to sneer at the mention of his best-friend-turned-number-one-nemesis. āWhy? Wouldnāt you like that?ā he mumbled, clearly doing a poor job of seeming unaffected.
You frowned, then lowered your head, focusing your gaze on your almost-finished ice cream. āNo, Iād rather if it was just the two of us.ā Jakeās eyes widened, unsure if heād heard that correctly or not. But before he could say anything in response, you spoke again. āItās just, he was there when I came to watch your practice and when I thought we were all going to see a movie together, it was just him and me. You wouldāve liked that movie, by the way,ā you said, looking up at Jake with a smile.
Jakeās heart swelled. He wasnāt sure what what you were saying all meant, but unconsciously, his lips mirrored yours and he smiled back at you. Until he remembered you didnāt like him, and his smile fell immediately. Obviously, you had no idea what he was thinking, so his sudden stony expression sent alarms ringing through your head.
āItās not that I donāt like him, or anything,ā you said, panicked, and Jake had to keep himself from scoffing, āitās just that- you know. Itās nice to hang out with you outside of tutoring sessions,ā you finished, mumbling.Ā
Jake had no idea what you were saying, so he stayed quiet, watching as Kiwi and Layla ran around in circles. You liked Sunghoon, so why would you rather hang out with Jake and not him? You werenāt making any sense.Ā
You, on the other hand, were not liking Jakeās uncharacteristic silence. In hopes of getting his attention, you crossed one leg over the other, shifting on the bench to face him. āPlus, donāt you think he and Chaewon really hit it off the other night? I think that was the most Iāve ever heard him talk,ā you said, trying to lighten the atmosphere. To your dismay, it didnāt work. You didnāt know whether he was sulking or genuinely upset - all you knew was you desperately wanted to see a smile on his pretty face again.
āJakey?ā you called out, and your voice sounded so small it hurt his heart. He hummed in response, only glancing at you for a fraction of a second. āIs everything okay?ā
āYeah, why wouldnāt it be?ā he replied, scooping the last of the ice cream in his mouth. As he tasted the strawberry and vanilla flavors, he couldnāt believe he had given his precious mango ice cream up all for a girl who didnāt even like him back. What a fool.
āI donāt know, youāre all- weird, all of a sudden, for lack of a better word.ā You searched for some sort of an answer in his eyes, but he supplied you with none.Ā
Jake sighed deeply. He could feel the ugly mix of emotions in his belly turning into anger - anger at what exactly, he wasnāt sure, but he didnāt want to lay it on you. āItās just the heat, itās making me tired,ā he said. Sure, it was warm for a May afternoon, but it wasnāt that hot. But you didnāt want to push it.
āShould we go home?ā you offered, and the worry in your voice made him feel even worse. He just couldnāt understand why you were being so nice to him. He knew you probably just thought you were looking after a friend, but he'd rather you not care about his well-being and leave him be. He didnāt need one more reason to like you - he already had plenty of those.Ā
He nodded, mustering as convincing a smile as he could. āSure.āĀ
The walk home was much quieter than usual. You could feel that Jake was keeping something to himself, and it was killing you; but whatever it was, you wanted him to tell you when he felt ready and not feel forced to. Your hand was aching, desperate to reach out and grab his as you had done before, but you were afraid that would only push him away even further. So you stayed silent most of the time, only commenting on the things around you or speaking a thought out loud when you thought it might make Jake smile. Every time his lips curled up, even ever so slightly, your heart swelled with relief.
Unbeknownst to you, Jake was making up his mind. He knew he needed time away from you to gather his feelings before he could see you as a friend again.Ā
When you reached your house, Jake waited outside with the dogs as you grabbed his bag heād left upstairs. You hugged goodbye as always, but this one was different - it lasted a few seconds longer than usual, and you could swear Jake held you tighter than he normally would. It felt like he was saying goodbye for more than just a couple days.
You didnāt understand why it made your heart ache so much.
ā
The next day, when you walked past Jake and Sunghoon in the hallway, Jake barely glanced at you and only tilted his head in your general direction instead of his usual wide grin and wave. You were so shocked by his sudden snubbing that you halted in your steps right away, looking behind you at his retreating figure. You locked eyes with Sunghoon, who seemed just as confused as you felt. He shrugged at you before returning to his friend and nudging his arm.
On Wednesday morning, you got a text from Jake that he couldnāt make it to your tutoring session that afternoon because of an extra soccer practice to prepare for their game that weekend, something he had never mentioned before.
Thursday and Friday werenāt very different, and your heart became heavier with every time you walked past each other and he acted like you werenāt even there. You desperately wanted to know what youād done wrong, why heād started to reply in one-word sentences instead of his usual voice messages and tons of emojis, but no matter how much you cogitated, you couldnāt figure it out. Even when you asked him how his game had gone, a dry Good stared back at you from your phone screen.
That Saturday, your girlfriends came over. Yena had brought beads and strings to make accessories out of, and the mere sight of them had brought fond memories back to all four of you - during your first sleepover in freshman year, this was the exact activity that had kept you occupied for hours.Ā
You got started on them immediately, each finding a comfortable spot in your room as soft music played in the background. You lay on your bed while Chaewon and Yena took over the floor and Hyewon sat at your desk.
āIām gonna make one of those phone accessories,ā Yena said excitedly, reaching for the biggest, most colorful beads.
āIām gonna make couple bracelets for Jaemin and I,ā Hyewon said somewhat shyly but beaming. Yena and Chaewon groaned at her words, but they gave you an idea.
āYou guys are vomit-inducing,ā Yena replied, and if you didnāt know your friend any better, just going off the tone of her voice, youād have thought she was being serious. Hyewon just rolled her eyes, used to this daily slander she received simply for being in a relationship.
āIāll make something for my little sister,ā Chaewon butted in, and you and Yena simultaneously āawwāed.Ā
āSo itās aww when Chaewon does it for her sister, and itās vomit-inducing when I do it for my boyfriend?ā Hyewon exclaimed, appalled.
āLittle sisters are cute. Boyfriends are gross,ā Yena replied matter-of-factly, making you giggle.
āWhatever. You guys are just jealous that youāre dying alone and Iām not. What are you making, Y/N?ā she asked before Yena could retort again. The two exchanged a glare as you thought over your answer.
āIām not saying,ā you replied with a giggle.Ā
āSheās making one for Jake, that evil wench,ā Chaewon immediately said, making your eyes widen. Yena gasped dramatically while Hyewon smiled at you.
āHow did you know?ā you asked Chaewon.
āJust your face. Youāre so obvious,ā she snickered.Ā
āYouāre a traitor, Y/N!ā Yena exclaimed, pointing an accusing finger at you, and you hid your face in your hands, muttering an apology. āWasting time and energy on a boy.ā
āDonāt listen to her, Y/N. Whatever it is you make, heāll be super happy you thought of him. Then heāll finally ask you out and youāll live happily ever after, just like me and Jaemin,ā Hyewon said with a serene smile on her face. Chaewon and Yena exchanged a look, then faked a gagging sound. āSo bitter,ā Hyewon muttered, shaking her head at your friends.
āIām not sure about that,ā you sighed. āI just want to be friends again. Heās been ignoring me all week.ā
All three snapped their heads up at you. āHeās been ignoring you?ā Yena echoed, and you meekly nodded. āGive me his phone number. No, give me his address. Iām going there right now,ā she said, already sitting up.
āGosh, Yena, itās fine,ā you said, gesturing at her to sit back down, laughing at your friendās seriousness. āIāll see him on Monday anyway, I can just see how he behaves then.ā
Yena didnāt look convinced, but she yielded anyway. āIf he hurts you, I swear Iāll give him a stern talking to. And a broken nose.ā You laughed as you thanked your friend.Ā
Hyewon asked for more details about this Jake situation, so you filled your friends in about his mysterious behavior that week. Chaewon had been the only one to see it firsthand, when youād walked to a class together and Jake had walked past you without saying anything. You told them about his sparse answers to your texts, his lack of response to the TikToks you sent him. He wasnāt even reacting to your BeReals anymore. It was just such a complete switch-up in attitude that you had no idea what to make of it. They tried to come up with reasons for it, but it really didnāt make much sense. It just felt like he suddenly decided to hate you - or maybe you had been interpreting everything wrong, and the two of you had never been friends in the first place.Ā
āThis is so confusing,ā Chaewon suddenly said, seeming lost in thought. āI thought for sure that he liked you.ā
āLikedā¦ me?ā you echoed.
āYeah. Just the way he was when we were at the diner. He kept looking at you and was always smiling and blushing whenever you talked to him. Also the way Jay and Sunghoon were behaving. Boys are so obvious when their friend likes someone, itās like theyāre trying to fumble it for him. And I mean, anyone with functioning eyes can see that you like him too, so I donāt know why heās doing this all of a sudden.ā
Yena sighed. āBoys are stupid.ā
āThat, they are,ā you agreed, sighing as well and returning your attention to your craft. Maybe a simple gift like this wouldnāt fix what was going on between you and Jake, but you had to at least try. You couldnāt let go of your friendship so easily.
Even though it seemed as though he could.
Nothing changed the next week. On Monday, you woke up to a text that pulled your heart down into your stomach.
jakey-poo i think we should stop tutoring each other for now
For an hour as you ate breakfast and got ready for school, you ruminated over your answer, only to ask him a simple why? in the end.
jakey-poo iām to busy w soccer practice and other stuff we can start again when exams are near
you oh okay
You felt pathetic, but you had no idea what to say. You couldnāt force him into this, and you definitely couldnāt show up at his house and demand a better explanation. If you were Yena or Chaewon, maybe you could - but you werenāt. You couldnāt even bring yourself to ask him if the two of you could still hang out outside of that, so scared you were for his inevitable rejection.
During the week, you tried to find a time when you could give him your small handmade gift, but Jake wasnāt even looking you in the eyes anymore. The only time you made eye contact with him over those five days was on Wednesday at lunch - as you walked into the cafeteria, you scanned the whole room, unconsciously searching for him. When you did, he was already looking at you - he was close enough for you to see the slight frown in his eyebrows, the lack of the usual glint in his eyes. But as soon as heād seen youād found him, he turned away. You only looked away when Chaewon called out your name.
In the few classes you had together, he always slipped away before you could get to him. Him walking past you like he couldnāt even see you broke your heart a little bit more every time, and by Friday, you had completely given up. Your friendship with Jake was over, and you had no idea why, no idea who or what to blame.
Monday and Wednesday afternoons felt empty now that you had gotten used to spending them with him, and you couldnāt even walk Kiwi without missing him. He seemed to miss Jake and Layla too - heād sometimes tilt his head at you as if asking where your new friends were, and when you got to the park, heād gloomily stick to you instead of running around like he usually would, especially when Layla was there.
The worst part was at night, when your thoughts kept you up. Youād reread your and Jakeās text conversations, wondering what went so wrong so quickly, warm tears spilling from your eyes out of sadness and tiredness. On those nights, youād sneak Kiwi up to your room and let him cuddle up to you in your bed. Youād comfort each other that way.
You had no idea that a couple kilometers away, Jake lay in bed sleepless as well, Layla at the edge of his bed and whining in her sleep. You had no idea that missing you had carved a deep hole in his chest.
ā
Enough was enough.
It had been days since Layla had last seen Kiwi, and to a young pup like her, that felt like eternity. Lately, Jake hadnāt seemed happy to go on walks with her like he used to, and he barely had any energy to play with her. She also hadnāt seen you in days, and she wondered if that had anything to do with Jakeās recent despondency.Ā
But thankfully, Layla was a smart girl, so she knew exactly what to do to fix this dire situation. On Friday, she waited for Jake to come back from soccer practice and take her on a walk. As soon as they reached the sidewalk outside of their house, she pulled on her leash in the opposite direction of their usual route. Jake tried pulling her the other way, but she wouldnāt budge.
āWeāre going that way, Layla,ā Jake said, amused by his dogās sudden stubbornness. Layla barked back. āCome on!āĀ
She was really not moving. āWe never go that way,ā Jake said, sighing. āThat wayās the-ā
Thatās when he realized. Layla wanted to go to the park you went to with Kiwi. āBut what if we ran into them?ā Jake asked.Ā
Layla barked again. She wanted to say, Thatās exactly why I want to go there, but of course Jake didnāt understand. He sighed again and obliged, letting Layla lead the way. She had a good feeling that sheād finally see her friends again today.Ā
Jakeās heart started beating faster with every step he took, knowing that you might be out right now, too. When heād seen you at school, youād seemed as sad as he was, and he felt terrible for perhaps being the reason behind it - but he didnāt know what else to do. He could either spare your feelings or his. If this was hurting you, he knew youād move on quickly enough anyway - and when he came to terms with being just friends with you, heād come back, and everything would be perfect like it used to be. Foolproof plan.
If there was one thing Jake had learned from the tutoring sessions with you, it was that the weather always reflected the protagonistās inner thoughts. If they were upset, it would be gray and rainy - if they were happy, it would be warm and sunny. Jake glared at the sun, just another reminder that he wasnāt the main character in this story. If he was, it would be thundering and lightning would be striking.
As if his life was a joke, two minutes after Jake and Layla had walked into the park, he saw you. At least you were facing the other direction, so you couldnāt see him, and he could redirect his route to avoid you. But he let himself indulge in the moment for a few seconds. You had laid out a picnic blanket for you and Kiwi and rested on your stomach with your elbows propping you up, reading a book. Kiwi slept peacefully next to you - this dog was the furthest thing from a guard dog Jake had ever seen. You kicked your feet up in the air, flip flops discarded to the side of the blanket. Jake was happy to see you like this, enjoying the warmth of this sunny May afternoon.Ā
He was about to walk away, but a sudden movement caught his eye. Two school kids started running to you, and before you could even register their presence, one of them snatched your flip flops and they both sprinted away, shrieking with laughter like two little devils. Where the hell were their parents?!
Without thinking, Jake started running after them, and so did Kiwi and Layla.Ā
āHey! Come back here!ā Jake yelled, hoping in vain that these kids would listen to someone older than them. Kiwi did his best, but his tiny legs didnāt allow for such a chase - Layla, barking loudly at the thieves, was the first to reach them, and she managed to scare them so much, they tripped over their feet. But unlike them, she was well-behaved, so she sat once her job was done and waited for Jake to arrive.Ā
āWhat are you two doing? You canāt just steal other peopleās things!ā he admonished, holding onto his knees as he tried to catch his breath.
Both kids were already teary-eyed. āWe just wanted to play a prank, weāre sorry!ā one of them quickly said, voice shaky.
āItās not to me you should apologize, but to her,ā Jake said, turning around to point in your direction. Thatās when he noticed you sitting on your knees, hands covering your face as your shoulders trembled. āYou made her cry!ā Jake exclaimed, tone much angrier than seconds prior. āLetās go,ā he said, grabbing the kids by their shoulders and forcing them to keep up with his quick steps.
You didnāt notice their presence in front of you until Jake prompted them. At the sound of the all too familiar voice, you whipped your head up. Jake swore he heard his heart breaking when he saw your red eyes and tear-streaked cheeks. You barely heard the kidsā apology, so amazed you were at suddenly seeing Jake.
āWeāre sorry for stealing your flip-flops and making you cry,ā the first one said.
āSorry,ā repeated the other one, handing you your shoes.
āOh, right. Thanks, just donāt do it again,ā you replied, sniffing as you took back your shoes.
āWe wonāt!ā they replied in unison before running away once more.
Jake stood there awkwardly for a few seconds, unsure what to say. He watched you stare at your flip flops like youād never seen them before in your life. āYouāre not going to thank me for catching those delinquents?ā he asked after a small while, chuckling slightly.
This made you look up at him. He gulped as your eyes met. Then, you burst into sobs again, and Jake started panicking. He crouched down to your level, first holding you by the shoulders then forcing your head out of your hands so he could wipe away your tears with the pads of his thumbs.
āNo no no, why are you crying, Y/N?ā he asked softly, pulling you into a hug.
You continued crying into his shoulder, ignoring Kiwi and Laylaās confused stares. āYou- you- I havenāt seen you in ages!ā you exclaimed.
Jake sighed. He didnāt understand why you were crying like this for him, all he knew was that heād never felt so awful. āIām sorry, Y/N,ā he whispered into your hair, pulling your shaking body closer to him. āIām sorry.ā
You leaned back to glare at Jake, your bottom lip jutting out in discontent. āDo you even know how much I missed you?ā
Jake held your head in his hands like it was the most precious thing in the world. Mouth agape in surprise, he looked at you with sad eyes. āYouā¦ you did?ā
Your eyebrows creased. āOf course I did!ā Another sob rippled through your body, and Jake took you back in his arms, wrapping them around your shoulders and resting his cheek against your hair.Ā
āI missed you too.ā
āThen why did you do this?ā you asked, voice breaking.
āBecause I didnāt want to get hurt,ā Jake whispered back. āBut I didnāt think Iād hurt you. Iām so sorry, Y/N.ā
You leaned back again, but this time, you looked confused rather than angry. His eyes were soft as they scanned your face and as he brushed strands of your hair back behind your ears. āWhy would you get hurt?ā you asked again, bringing your voice to the same volume as his.
Jake sighed and squeezed his eyes shut for a second, as if in pain, before opening them again and boring them into yours. āI like you so, so much Y/N. So much so that I donāt know what to do with myself. But I know that you donāt feel the same way, and I was scared that by staying by your side, Iād just fall in love with you even more and get hurt in the end. So I pushed you away because I didnāt know what else to do, but Iām so sorry I- Youāre crying again?ā
Your fists grabbed at the front of Jakeās t-shirt as sobs raked through your body once more. It was official - Jake was the stupidest person youād ever met. And you were in love with him.
āWhy are you crying?ā
āBecause I like you too, you idiot!ā you yelled back. Your tears were probably staining his t-shirt, but you couldnāt care less. He liked you. Jake liked you.
You were too busy crying to see Jakeās eyes slowly widening in disbelief. āYou what?!ā
Gently, Jake pushed your shoulders back so he could look at you. Even with puffy eyes and a runny nose, you were the prettiest girl heād ever seen. Pretty like an angel that had graced the Earth with her presence. āYou what?ā he repeated, just to hear you say it again.
āI like you, Jake. Iām so in love with you it's actually pathetic,ā you said with a chuckle, looking down out of shyness. But when you looked back up, Jakeās eyes were going back and forth between yours, the expression on his face like he couldnāt believe what heād just heard but desperately hoped it was true.
As you locked eyes, both of your faces lit up with grins. You burst into laughter together, finding each otherās hands and intertwining your fingers together. Then Jake brought you back into his arms, holding tightly, as if he was scared you might disappear any second. Kiwi and Layla had long walked away to give the two of you some needed privacy.
In each otherās arms, you rocked side to side gently and laughed for no reason other than the incredible fact your feelings were reciprocated. āYou stink, you know,ā you suddenly said in-between giggles. āYou sweat while you ran after those kids.ā
āI sweat? You mean I swote, right?ā Jake asked a pause.
You leaned back to look at Jake. āSwote?ā you echoed, and he nodded. Your umpteenth smile made your cheeks lift. āYou have to be kidding-ā
āI am,ā Jake cut off, mirroring your smile. āI just wanted to make you laugh.ā
You gasped and lightly punched his chest before letting your body fall against his again. āYouāre so silly,ā you said, sighing in bliss at the sound of his giggles.
Then all of a sudden, Jake pulled away and looked at you, almost frightened. āWhat about Sunghoon?āĀ
āWhat about him?ā you asked back, confused by Jakeās question.
āI thought you- Didnāt you- you knowā¦ā
You tilted your head at Jake, a small grin spreading on your lips again. āI donāt know.ā
āI thought you liked himā¦ā Jake mumbled, looking away with a pout.
Before you could stop it, a noise of confusion left your throat. You looked at Jake like he was insane. āI can barely have a conversation with Sunghoon, what made you think I liked him?ā
Jake pursed his lips and let a resigned puff of air out of his nose. āI, um- Remember when we mixed our backpacks up?ā he asked and you nodded, smiling at the fun memory. āI may have, um, I may have readā¦ yourā¦ diary,ā he admitted, voice getting quieter with each word. He dared a glance at you - you looked horrified, eyes wide and mouth agape. āAnd you wrote that you liked Sunghoon,ā he finished with a whisper.
It was silent for a few seconds, and Jake was bracing himself for a slap to the face or your screams, until you did the last thing Jake expected you to do - you laughed. You laughed so hard and for so long that he got scared you had gone insane and this was the first part of your mental breakdown before you murdered him in cold blood for having invaded your privacy. He wouldāve deserved it, he thought.
āI donāt- oh my God, Jake, I donāt- I donāt like Sunghoon. I never really have, or not in the way you think, I canāt- oh my God,ā you explained in between giggles, trying to catch your breath but starting to laugh again every time you managed to compose yourself. Jake tried to laugh along, but he was too confused to do so properly.
āYouāre not mad?ā Jake asked, eyebrows furrowed with worry.
āNo,ā you replied, shaking your head and the last giggles out of your throat. āYou read it ages ago, and we didnāt even know each other back then, thereās no point in being mad now. Itās just funny - I know exactly why you think I liked Sunghoon, but I didnāt. Not really. And even if I did, those feelings are nothing compared to the ones I have for you now,ā you said, beaming. A blush spread on Jakeās cheeks, and you could tell he was trying (and failing) to contain a proud grin.
You explained to Jake the ācharacterā thing you and your friends had going on and that Sunghoon (and hat guy) just happened to be one of them - you watched as Jake narrowed his eyes and slowly nodded, trying to understand this concept that was so foreign to him.Ā
āYou know, it all makes a lot more sense now,ā Jake said when you were explaining. āIt wouldāve been weird for you to like Sunghoon when I was right there.ā He smirked down at you as you playfully rolled your eyes.Ā
āOh my God!ā you suddenly exclaimed, startling Jake in the process. Dramatic as always, he put a hand over his heart and exhaled loudly. āI have something for you. For us, actually.ā You reached into your bag and got out the two accessories youād made for you and Jake. āThese are for us to put on our backpacks, so that we donāt confuse them again. They also match.ā
Jakeās eyes were fixated on the string of beads as you placed into his palm. āI tried to give it to you over the week, butā¦āĀ
A teardrop fell into Jakeās palms, and when you looked at him, you realized heād started crying. āJake?ā you cooed softly, and he sniffled, wiping away the tears from his eyes.
As a response, he wrapped his arms around your shoulders and buried his face in your hair. āThank you. And Iām sorry. I promise youāll never go a second without my undivided attention from now on,ā he said, voice shaking with emotion, and you hummed happily.
āI wouldnāt expect anything else.ā
He leaned back, and you were relieved to find the familiar puppyish grin on his lips. You gazed into each otherās eyes for a few seconds, and before he could stop himself, he grabbed your head in his hands and pressed a delicate kiss to your forehead. You raised your eyebrows in surprise, but when his face was back in front of yours, your eyes immediately drifted to his lips. They looked soft and plump and pink, and were utterly inviting. Every time youād started daydreaming about kissing Jake, youād stopped yourself, not wanting to over-indulge in your fantasies. But was this finally, really happening?
āY/N?ā Jake said quietly. You could swear his face was getting closer.
āHm?ā
āWill you be my girlfriend?ā
Your face broke out into a grin. Without warning, you pressed your lips against Jakeās - initially just for a peck, but as soon as you started pulling away, Jake chased after your lips and trapped them into a kiss, a proper one this time. Youād never done this before, so it was naturally somewhat clumsy, but you and Jake were so giddy with excitement that you couldnāt care less. So what if you were smiling so hard, your teeth clashed against his, or you kept bumping noses? You were kissing Jake Sim.Ā
The second time around, he let you pull away to catch your breath, and you wished you could photograph the sight in front of you - Jake with flushed cheeks, closed eyes and a serene smile on his face. He was so pretty, and now, he was all yours.
When he opens his eyes and finds you looking at him, his smile widens. āIāll take that as a yes?ā
āYes,ā you echoed, laughing. You pressed your lips to his cheek before burying your face in the crook of his neck.
He hugged you to him and the sweet sound of his giggles filled your ears and your heart. āMy girl,ā he whispered, before leaning his head back, face to the sky, and screaming it loud enough for the whole park to hear. You tried to shush him, but you couldnāt stop laughing yourself out of sheer excitement. Layla and Kiwi came running back to you, barking happily and trying to lick your faces.Ā
āI cried so much today, my eyes are gonna be puffy tomorrow morning,ā you said between giggles.Ā
Jake pressed his lips to yours in a chaste kiss. āIāll make sure you never cry again, Y/N,ā he said, and he sounded so genuine, you almost wanted to cry again right then and there.
The rest of the afternoon went by in a blur - while you and Jake kissed, laughed, talked, and hugged, hours that felt like minutes passed you by. Jake kept on looking at the accessory you made him, poking fun at you for knowing his favorite color even though heād never mentioned it.
āIt was a lucky guess,ā you grumbled. āYour roomās walls are that color,ā you said, pointing to a particular dark blue bead.
āI love it,ā he replied with a kiss to your forehead.
As always, he walks you home - and this time, you can take his hand without any hesitation. Your mom had come home from work while you and Jake were out, and you found her in the kitchen, prepping some veggies for dinner.Ā
As soon as Jake introduced himself, a flash of revelation struck her and she shot you a knowing smirk. āSo youāre Jake,ā she said, and the boy glanced at you with amused confusion. āThat one over there has been badgering me about you these past few weeks.ā
Apparently, you agreeing to be his girlfriend had already gone to his head, because instead of looking surprised at your momās words, he slowly turned to you with an arrogant smirk gracing his lips. āHas she?ā
Your mom nodded slowly. āOh, yes.ā Then her expression slowly morphed into something else as she remembered your red, puffy eyes from the other evening when youād told her about what was going on with Jake. She raised her kitchen knife and pointed it straight to him, eyes narrowed. āIf you ever hurt my daughter again, Iām putting you in the lasagna, young man.ā
Jake gulped, smirk completely wiped off of his face. You just watched in amusement. āI- I wonāt,ā he stuttered, eyes fixed on the blade of the knife.
A wide grin reappeared on your momās face as she went back to cutting the vegetables. āGood!āĀ
Jake looked at you for some sort of explanation, but you simply shrugged. Heād just have to get used to your momās crazy.Ā
āYou know, youāre just as handsome as she described,ā your mom told Jake with a wink.
āMom, please!ā you exclaimed, cheeks burning with heat. You liked it better when she was threatening your boyfriend with a knife, but he was relieved by the new turn this conversation had taken.
āWhat else has she said?ā
āOh, you know, just your typical heās so smart, heās so cute, heās so funny-ā
āOkay, thatās it!ā you cut in before your mom could spill more on you. You ignored Jakeās noises of complaint as you grabbed him by the shoulders and led him towards the door. āI think itās time for you to go home, no?āĀ
āY/N, come on!ā Jake whined, giggling.Ā
āWhy donāt you stay for dinner, Jake?ā your mom offered, making you stop in your tracks. You stared wide-eyed at her but she just looked at Jake, wearing an inviting smile.
āSure!ā Jake beamed. āI just need to call my mom.ā
āOh, invite her along! I always make enough to feed an army, anyway.ā
āReally?ā Jake asked, incredulous. Since his brother had left for university, it had always been just he and his mom at the dinner table. The thought of sharing a meal with you and your mom filled his heart with warmth.Ā
āYeah!ā
Jake smiled giddily as he got his phone out. āThanks, sheāll be stoked.ā
Although you both wanted to help your mom, she urged you to stay outside with the dogs and enjoy the last rays of sunshine of the day, insisting she didnāt need any help. So you and Jake spent some time throwing sticks for Kiwi and Layla and giggling at their cuteness. Kiwi quickly got exhausted and came to lie down at your feet, but Layla was tireless. āYour dog, your responsibility,ā you said as you sat down next to Kiwi, rubbing his tummy and watching Jake throw the stick over and over again for Layla.
Jake was as relentless as Layla, and every time she ran after the stick, he ran to you and pressed a kiss to another part of your face, making you giggle every time. Once on your forehead, once on your nose, once on your cheek, then the other, and once on your lips.
Then his mom rang the bell, and as your mom opened the door for her, the oddest thing happened - they called out each otherās name and hugged as if they were old friends. You and Jake exchanged a confused look before turning your attention back to them.
āWhat a coincidence!ā
āRight! Such a small world, I canāt believe youāre my daughterās boyfriendās mom.ā
āBoyfriend? Gosh, has he finally asked her out? I was going crazy seeing him moping around in his room!ā
āMom!ā Jake yelled, face already reddening as you burst into laughter.
You joined them inside the house and set the table while your mom finished up dinner. Jakeās mom had brought a bottle of red wine as a gift, so she poured two glasses for her and your mom, but you and Jake stuck to Sprite.Ā
Apparently, they knew each other from some yoga class they both went to every Sunday - you found out this was the woman your mom often went out for lunch or drinks with. They were so excited to meet each other like this that they talked most of the time, leaving you and Jake to eat your food quietly and giggling every time you made eye contact or your feet touched under the table.Ā
Just as you were about to take your last bite of lasagna, your phone pinged with a message. Curiously, so did Jakeās. Chaewon had sent a message into the group chat, asking to meet her at work when her shift was done because she was craving an Oreo milkshake.
chae bae y/n u better come ik ur not doing anything better tonight anyway
You scoffed. You were doing something better.
āShit, todayās Friday! The boys are waiting for me at the diner, I completely forgot,ā Jake exclaimed as he read the messages on his phone.
āLanguage, Jake,ā his mom scolded.
āAt the diner?ā you repeated.
āYeah, that one we went to last time. Why?ā Jake asked when he noticed your surprised expression.
āThatās where Chaewon wants to meet.ā
You both turned to your respective moms, silently asking for permission to leave the dinner table.
āJust go,ā your mother said with a smile.
āIāll take Layla home later,ā Jakeās mom added.
You thanked them before rushing to get a bag and heading to the bus stop, hoping a bus would come by soon. Twenty minutes later, you were opening the doors of the diner and looking around for your friends, who were nowhere to be found. You were fishing your phone out of your pocket to call Chaewon when a familiar voice caught your and Jakeās attention.
āWhat are they doing together?ā you heard Jay say, followed by loud shushes. You turned your head to find all five of your friends (plus Jaemin) crammed in a booth in the corner that was somewhat hidden from the rest of the restaurant. But they were trying so hard to be discreet that it made their presence even more obvious - they hid their faces with their hands as if that would make them disappear from your view. You and Jake shared a look before chuckling, shaking your head at your friends.
āWhatever, theyāve clearly found us,ā Jay sighed and exited the booth, walking towards the two of you.
āWere you guys trying to get us to make up or something?ā Jake asked with an amused smile.
āYeah, we grouped up and planned this whole thing. It was a real team effort.ā
āIt mightāve worked better if you hadnāt all stayed here, you guys were so obvious,ā you chided.
āTell that to your friends over there! They insisted on watching it unfold,ā Jay grumbled, and you looked behind him to see your friends frantically waving at you.
You switched to a bigger booth that could accommodate all seven of you, and as soon as youād placed your orders, Yena practically pounced on you, demanding an explanation as to how the two of you were already made up.
You turned to look at Jake and smiled at him before answering. āItās all thanks to Kiwi, really,ā you told Yena.
āKiwi? As in your dog Kiwi?ā Chaewon asked with furrowed eyebrows.
āMh-hm.ā In your peripheral, you noticed Jake tilting his head at you.
āYou mean Layla, right?ā
You imitated his head movement. āNo, I mean Kiwi.ā
āBut Layla made me go to the park today. I wouldnāt have gone there if it wasnāt for her,ā Jake insisted, giving you an are you being serious look that you mirrored.
āI wasnāt going to go outside at all but Kiwi kept bugging me to take him on a walk, thatās why I was in the park in the first place. Itās thanks to Kiwi,ā you repeated.
āItās thanks to Layla,ā Jake retorted, playfully narrowing his eyes at you.
āTrouble in paradise,ā Jaemin whispered, and Hyewon slapped his arm.
The whole table was silent as you and Jake stared each other down, waiting to see who would cave first. It was like everyone could breathe again when Jakeās face broke out into a grin and he rested his arm behind your shoulders. āOkay, itās thanks to Kiwi,ā he conceded, making you hum in satisfaction. You rested your head on his shoulder and ignored Yenaās groan of disgust at the PDA.
But Jake, as always, wasnāt letting you off the hook so easily. āAnd Layla.ā
ā
02.06.202X - 12:18
rodrigo hater y/n i can see you being gross from across the courtyard can u guys not feed each other ur still on school grounds and ur ruining my day have some decency
sweet hyewon you guys are super cute <3Ā jaemin and i only have the same lunch period once a week i miss him
rodrigo hater ugh wheres chaewon sheād have my back
you hyewon love u yena frigg off youāre not going to like thisā¦ i think sheās with sunghoon rodrigo hater WHAT
sweet hyewon omg hahahaha saw it coming cuuuuute
rodrigo hater i hate you all so much youāre all kicked out of my celibacy club
chae bae we werenāt part of it in the first place
rodrigo hater GO AWAY YOU TRAITOR
03.06.202X - 09:15
you jake wake upĀ wake up wake up please
jake ??? R U okay?
you kiwi keeps whining i think he wants to see layla come over?
jake . did u just wake me up before 10 am on a sunday morning for this
you i made pancakes?
jake iām going back to sleep
you but i miss you :(
jake running
07.06.202X - 16:39
stink #1 hey
jake no
stink #1 wtf man
jake im busy
stink #1 smooching ur girl?
jake yeah stay mad bro
stink #1 whereās hoon
stink #2 heās at ice skating practice with me <3 this is chaewon btw
jake AYO????
stink #1 HE GAVE YOU ACCESS TO HIS PHONE???
stink #2 hehehe bye losers
stink #1 oh my god jake this is huge
jake rightā¦ our little boy heās grown so much
stink #1 iām getting teary eyed anyway i wanted to say i think we should invite the girls to bro night more often itās always fun with them
jake oh? if u wanna see yena just say so bro
stink #1 fuck u man
jake ur literally so obvious you get 100% more obnoxious when sheās around
stink #1 idc she laughs at my jokes
jake which is proof that thereās something wrong w her anyway iāll ask my girl about it
stink #1 ew and thx ^^
09.06.202X - 17:03
jakey-poo y/nnnnnn y/n hellloooooo y/n y/n y/n baby :(((( where are u what r u doing i miss you hello y/n my baby darling angel pls answer me layla misses you
you jake sim
jakey-poo HIIIIII
you jay is a genius iām anime pomodoroing the hell out of this essay itās working so well iām almost done with it already
jakey-poo donāt compliment another man ever again iām going to cry
you but jayās your friend
jakey-poo iāll kill him if i have to
you gosh okay jayās an idiot
jakey-poo hahaha he is ice cream after dinner ???
you duh
31.07.202X - 21:03
jakey-poo iām waiting for you outside the theater baby we have a lot of talking to do. i canāt believe you kissed someone else in front of me
you jake baby it was just acting <3 you know youāre the only one i really kiss
jakey-poo i know i am so come here and kiss me quick you did so well and you were so pretty on stage and i love you so muchĀ COME QUICK I WANNA KISS YOU
you iām hurrying i promise but a lot of people are trying to talk to me :(
jakey-poo ofc they are you killed it my babyās already famous <3
you hehe love you my jakey-poo
jakey-poo STOP IT WITH THAT
permanent taglist: @zreamy @sunghoonmybeloved @lalalalawon @sd211 @w3bqrl @raikea10 @wntrnghts @moonlighthoon @4imhry @rikisly @loves0ft @iamliacamila @theboingsuckerasseater9000 @chaechae-23 (ask to be removed/added!)
Ā© asahicore on Tumblr, 2023. please do not repost, translate, or plagiarize my works. feedback and reblogs always appreciated!
#@ : uc#enhypen x reader#jake sim x reader#enhypen fluff#jake sim fluff#jake x reader#jake fluff#enhypen scenarios#jake sim scenarios#enhypen imagines#jake sim imagines#enhypen angst#jake sim angst
4K notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
miami heat | lando norris
face claim: none ā”
request: here !
a/n: this is SO late but it took me forever to move past the writers block of a text only fic </3 still thinking about lando's race win...
āāāāāāāāā ą±Øą§ āāāāāāāāā
You and Lando had been inevitable. Your dad was a long time racing fan, often attending karting events around the country and dragging you along. As time passed, you learned to love it too, often waiting for your dad at the door when he got back from work so the two of you could quickly throw some clothes into an overnight bag and travel off to whichever race track youād be camping in that weekend.
It helped that your cousin was a kart racer, both you and your dad using him as an excuse for attending so many races. Your mum would sigh, pull out the premade lunches from the fridge and stuff them into a small blue cooler before seeing the two of you off at the door.Ā
When your cousin got the call up to F4, youād been overjoyed for him. Being able to watch his dreams come true filled you with so much pride. It also gave you and your dad another excuse to attend more F4 races, now offering to pick your cousin up and take him from race track to race track every weekend as well as your dad offering to be his race engineer, using his background as a mechanic to work on the carās engine. Your aunt and uncle agreed happily, knowing how much the two of you enjoyed watching your cousin race.Ā
The first live F4 race felt electrifying. You werenāt used to seeing actual cars racing in person, only ever watching the Formula 1 races on the small portable TV your dad had invested in during the first year of your kart watching adventures. You and your cousin would always cheer for your favourite racers, him still sweaty and suited up from his own race but pumped up on adrenaline.Ā
You watched as he fist bumped other drivers after the race, coming a respectable 4th in his first ever F4 race. This part was your least favourite, having to wait for your cousin to talk to all these sweaty teenage boys was not your idea of fun. Spread out comfortably on the moon chairs your dad had bought for the races, you opened your 3DS to play Pokemon Sun. Too enveloped in the battle between your Incineroar and the NPCās Crabominable, you missed the sound of someone dropping into the chair next to you.Ā
āWhat level is he?ā
You jumped at the sound, looking up quickly to lock eyes with a random boy.Ā
He was obviously a racer, still suited up. Using one hand to push back sweat soaked curly hair, he curiously eyed your 3DS before looking back up at you.Ā
āSheās level 57. I need to beat this Crabominable to make her 58 so she can learn Flare Blitz.ā
He hummed, a soft smile spread across his face as he flits his eyes over you. You took note of your appearance, hair pulled back into two braids to keep it out of your face in the windy English weather, your dads bomber jacket engulfing your figure as you fought the cold.Ā
āFemale Incineroar, rare.ā He sounded impressed. āDonāt let me stop you.ā Gesturing to the console in your hands, he leant back and focused on your hands.Ā
Unsure of how to respond, you looked back down at your game. The Crabominable had about half HP but this was a nasty NPC, whipping out potion after potion to heal the Pokemon. You and the unnamed boy sat side by side as you chipped away, bit by bit, at the Crabominableās HP until the victory message appeared on your screen. A mere 2000 pokedollars given for your troubles.
You watched as your Incineroar, lovingly nicknamed Kitty from when you started the game, levelled up to 58 and finally, she could learn Flame Blitz.Ā
Saving the game and shutting down the console, you looked back at the boy beside you. He smiled back in response.Ā
āSoā¦ no offence, but who are you?ā The second the sentence left your lips, you wanted to smack the 3DS into your face, tone not unkind but wary. You could only hope he wouldnāt take offence to the question.Ā
āOh, sorry!ā He reaches across to offer you his hand. You shake it gingerly, his hand warm in your wind chilled one.Ā
āIām Lando. Lando Norris. Soon to be F4 champion if all goes well. And you are?ā
He was still smiling, the curve unnerving you a little. āY/N. My cousinās just joined F4, heās over there.ā Reaching out, you pointed towards the boy in question who was high fiving another racer, the two of them laughing loudly over the sound of car engines.Ā
āOh, Y/C/N? Heās cool. I met his dad earlier.ā
You glanced over at the man mentioned, head bowed as he conversed with the other adults about race tactics and the boysā performances. āThatās my dad, his uncle. Heās a mechanic so it made sense that he would be Y/C/Nās race engineer.ā
āWhat about you? Are you a big karting fan?āĀ
From the sound of his voice, you could tell he was facing you. Too nervous to look into his eyes again, you focused on your dad, watching as he pulled your cousin aside to talk about the race. āI am. Me and my dad have been going to karting events most weekends for years.āĀ
His eyes burned into the side of your face, gaze unwavering. āHow about Formula 1? Thatās my dream, I want to race against Lewis Hamilton and one day beat him.ā
The mention of your favourite driver dragged your attention back to the boy beside you. You smiled softly, pulling your iPhone 6 out of your pocket to show him the 44 sticker on the back of the case. āI love Formula 1. Me and Y/C/N are gonna watch the race in the van while my dad makes some adjustments to the car. Do youā¦ā You hesitated for a moment.
Were you really going to invite a boy youād just met to come sit with you and your cousin to watch a race? It was harmless, the three of you would fit in the back seats, but you werenāt sure if Y/C/N would want him to join.Ā
Lando beat you to it. āAw, I would ask to join but me and my dad have to get back home as soon as possible, itās my sister's birthday this weekend!ā Pulling his own phone out of his pocket, he showed you his lockscreen, a picture of him and who you guessed was his family.Ā
You nod, turning your own phone in circles in your hands. āHappy birthday to your sister.āĀ
He grins, the smile seemingly permanently etched on his face. āThanks, Y/N!āĀ
You hear a man call for him, presumably his dad. Lando sighed as he nodded towards the man, turning back towards you. āGotta run! Could I maybe get your number? I think weāre going to be good friends.ā
āāāāāāāāā ą±Øą§ āāāāāāāāā
He was right. The two of you would text every moment you could. In between classes, before and after dinner, even facetiming until the early hours of the morning on weekends.Ā
Every weekend, youād pull up to the race track and there Lando would be, permanent wide smile and open arms as you hugged briefly. Before each race, heād run over to you, head bowed so you could knock on his helmet. You werenāt sure when the tradition had started but ever since it began, it was cemented in his pre-race routine.Ā
After every race, it would go one of two ways. If it was a good race, heād run over and hug you, spinning you round as you laughed brightly at him. If it was a not so good race, youād be the one to approach him, the two of you sitting on the lip of his dadās van in comfortable silence as you let him work through his emotions in his own time. Heād soon come around, chatting to you about any and everything.Ā
Before youād leave, heād pull you into another hug, swaying the two of you from side to side.Ā
Of course, your cousin teased you. Singing silly childish songs, āY/N and Lando sitting in a tree K-I-S-S-I-N-Gā. Youād bat him across the head, willing the blush in your cheeks to go down.Ā
āāāāāāāāā ą±Øą§ āāāāāāāāā
Since the two of you were now 16, whilst Lando had allowances for his GCSEās, you still had to knuckle down and work hard. Hours were spent sitting at your desk, eyes scanning across textbook after textbook. It was only after Lando called you in tears after he struggled to understand the poems needed for his English exams and explained he had dyslexia that the two of you would facetime every night. Youād read out the poems to him as he took it all in and made notes in a way that made sense to him. You told him about these coloured overlays that were meant to help people with dyslexia read, and youād watch him cry as pink acetate covered the poems and he could finally, finally, understand. The two of you still facetimed every night, he claimed your voice helped him understand so much more.Ā
Since you had to revise, you often had to forfeit your racing weekends. Youād see your dad and cousin off at the door, much like your mum had done for years, and return to your room, wiping the tears that threatened to escape from your eyes.Ā
The routine never changed though. Lando would call you before every race, telling you that you had to knock on the screen and heād hold his helmet clad head to the camera. After every race, youād either celebrate over the phone or sit in silence, watching him through the screen as he let himself digest what went wrong in the race.Ā
Your last GCSE exam fell on a Friday, the freedom of your weekends returning. You didnāt tell Lando, wanting to surprise him at the race track. As you sat in the back seat of your dadās van, you kept up the pretence for Lando, texting him as if you had a normal weekend of revising ahead.Ā
When the three of you pulled up to the race track, you ducked down so you werenāt visible through the windows. Your dad got out of the car first, greeting Landoās dad. The two of them had formed a good friendship through the race weekends, often sitting together to watch the boys go round the track. Next up was Y/C/N, jumping out the van and fist bumping a waiting Lando.Ā
The two boys went to leave, already play fighting about who would win. It was only then that you snuck out the back seat, hands on your hips as you called out to the boys ahead.Ā
āForgetting something?ā
Landoās head whipped around so fast, you feared heād give himself whiplash. You barely had time to laugh at his dumbstruck expression before heād launched himself at you, strong arms wrapped tight around your waist as he lifted you in the air.Ā
He pressed his face deeply into your neck, the feel of his smile present against your skin.Ā
Linking your arms around the back of his neck, you played with the unruly curls tickling your chin. āMissed me?ā
He nodded, head still firmly placed between your neck and shoulder. The two of you stood there for a moment, enjoying each otherās presence until your cousin piped up.Ā
āWe do still have a race to get to.ā Locking eyes with him, you could already tell he was going to tease you relentlessly when youāre back in the van.Ā
Lando finally released you, hands still holding firm on the sides of your waist. Warm smile directed at you, eyes glistening a little with unshed tears.Ā
Landoās dad bumped his helmet against his shoulder, Lando taking it and pulling on his balaclava and the helmet. He bowed his head, allowing you to knock on it once. This time however, he knocked on your own head once, hand uncurling to cup the side of your face before he walks away to join your cousin.Ā
In that moment, you knew you were in love with Lando Norris.Ā
āāāāāāāāā ą±Øą§ āāāāāāāāā
The two of you stayed close throughout the years. You still attended as many races as possible, celebrating his wins and commiserating through his lows. Soon you were watching him in Formula 3, then Formula 2 and finally, after all his hard work, you stood in the paddock of Albert Park watching as Lando was flanked by engineers.Ā
His debut Formula 1 race.Ā
āāāāāāāāā ą±Øą§ āāāāāāāāā
The day you got the call that heād been contracted by McLaren was one of the best days of your life. It took him 5 minutes to calm down enough to explain to you what had happened, the two of you sobbing violently over the phone as you realised his dream had come true.Ā
As you collected yourself once youād gotten off the phone, your mum had come upstairs with a packed lunch and a flask of fresh, warm coffee. Looking at her questioningly, she smiled softly at you.Ā
āGo. You need to celebrate with him in person.ā
You grabbed the box and flask from her hands, arms thrown wide around her. Packing a quick overnight bag, you jumped in your car, haring down the motorway to Landoās parents house.Ā
The look on his face when he opened the door made the possible speeding tickets worth it, eyes wide and glossy as they flit up and down your body. āYouāre here?ā
You grinned at him, wide and unabashed. āIām here.ā
āāāāāāāāā ą±Øą§ āāāāāāāāā
The cycle continued. Every podium was met with you running into his arms when he was back in the garage and every DNF resulted in the two of you sitting in his driverās room, your arms wrapped tight around him as the dream of a grand prix win slipped from his grasp again and again.Ā
Today, something was different however. Lando had knocked on your door bright and early, inviting you down for breakfast with the team. He told you about a dream he had last night where he won the Miami Grand Prix, how the champagne shower had felt so real.Ā
This unwavering optimism continued throughout the day. Him bouncing alongside you as you walked through the paddock, greeting the other drivers along your way. The optimism rubbed off on you, finding yourself pulling up old photos of Lando to save to a folder titled āRace Winā.Ā
When it came time to get in the car, you watched as his engineer secured the final straps before disappearing behind a screen to check the carās stats. He looked up at you through the open visor, head soon bowing. Leaning down, you knocked once before dropping a quick kiss to the top of his helmet. Extra luck for the day.Ā
The entire race had you on the edge of your seat. You cheered as Oscar led the grand prix, winced as Max hit the bollard and nearly sobbed your eyes out as Lando overtook to lead. Kevin pushing Logan off the track meant a safety car and Lando ended up fortunate to join at the back but one lap ahead. A pit stop and fresh tires and away he went. Each second he gained on Max left spikes in your heart rate until it reached the 7 second mark and the last 4 laps and you knew. Deep down in your soul, even if everyone was still on tenterhooks, you knew this was his time. His win.Ā
The engineers ran to the fences, an army of papaya swarming the metal chain link as your eyes stayed glued to the camera. At the last second, you darted out to the fence, away from the chanting crowd so youād have an unobstructed view of his win.Ā
The chequered flag waved and Lando crossed the finish line, now a grand prix winner. You couldnāt have stopped the tears even if you tried, knees buckling as you held onto the fence in front of you.Ā
The noise around you was near deafening, engineers dog piling on one another, a few strays leaving the group to wrap you in tight hugs.Ā
A hand landed on your shoulder, warm but soft pats pulling you from your stupor. Turning, you looked up at Zak, a fond smile on his face. āLetās go see our boy.ā
The two of you walked in near silence, Zak leaving his hand on your shoulder as he welcomed congratulations from other teams. The tears never stopped streaming down your face, vision swimming as you passed team after team.Ā
The breath was knocked out of you as arms wrapped around your waist from behind and swung you around. Looking down, you spotted the rose tattoo on a left hand and laughed as Daniel dropped you back softly onto the ground. Spinning around, you threw yourself into his arms properly, the two of you rocking back and forth happily.Ā
āHe did it!ā Daniel shouted as you pulled away, hands on your shoulders to shake you gently.Ā
āHe did it!ā You responded, a fresh wave of tears escaping your eyes. Daniel laughed at your tears, wiping them away haphazardly before letting you run back to Zakās side.Ā
You watch as Lando ran towards his team, still fully suited up, launching himself into the air as the sea of papaya below caught him. The team held him aloft, jostling him through a mass of hands.Ā
Once heās back on solid ground, Zak approached him first, the two of them sharing a warm hug. The visor of his helmet is lifted and without even seeing his face, you know heās smiling, eyes scrunched up in joy.Ā
Those same eyes finally lock onto you, wide and sparkling. He runs at you as fast as he can, arms outstretched. You brace for impact, a laugh being pressed out of you as he crushes you in his arms. Your legs wrap around his waist as he lifts you up, warm eyes staring straight into yours.Ā
Before you even know what youāre doing, your lips press against the front of his helmet, right where his own mouth would be beneath the carbon fibre, a universal sign in racing of a loverās kiss.Ā
Ignoring the roar of his team around you, you focus on Lando in front of you. His eyes crinkled under the force of his own happiness, shining bright even under the dark cover of the helmet. He lowers you down, arms wrapped firmly around your waist until your feet are planted safe on the floor.Ā
You watch as he unclasps the straps under his chin and rips the helmet off, his neck support following in haste. His eyes are still locked onto yours, unshed tears gleaming along his lash line. Through the balaclava, you can see his smile, warm and golden in the Miami sun.Ā
The balaclava comes off next and your heart stutters at the pure, unobstructed view of the man in front of you. Sweat clings to his upper lip, dripping down his thick neck, curls matted to his forehead under the American heat. Youāre drawn back to his eyes, green as a hidden forest, full of glimpses of golden hour through the branches. You loved how you could always tell how he felt through his eyes, forever abundant with emotion.Ā
Hands wrap back around your waist, dragging you into him as he presses his lips unwaveringly against your own. Itās a little gross, the feeling of sweat transferring to your own lips, the damp curls at the bottom of his neck where your hands come to lie but you wouldnāt change it for the world. Itās worth it to feel his smile against your own, the kiss more teeth than lips and you breathe in the way he laughs against your mouth, molten gold dripping from his lips to yours.Ā
The two of you part slightly, cheeks aching at the way youāre still grinning. The kiss remains unspoken, Lando being dragged off by his team for interviews. You look at Zak who winks knowingly at you. This time, you let the blush rise, overtaking your cheeks and flushing down your neck.Ā
āāāāāāāāā ą±Øą§ āāāāāāāāā
Waiting for Lando in his driver's room seemed to never end. It had been an hour since youād finally kissed him and your lips still tingle with the feeling.Ā
Your mind was a jumbled mess, thought after thought fighting to sit at the front of your mind. Tracing your finger across your lips, you allow yourself to remember that moment. To fall headfirst into how it felt to finally feel what it was like to kiss Lando.Ā
The sound of the driverās room door banging against the wall shakes you out of your stupor, twirling around to face a sheepish Lando.Ā
āUm, sorryā¦ I guess I was just eager to get back here.ā He giggles softly, standing still in the threshold.Ā
Smiling back at him, you gesture him inwards, scoffing at the absurdity of you inviting him into his own driverās room. He stumbles in, shutting the door behind him. One hand reaches out to run over the scuff mark on the wall, grimacing as he traces the black mark.Ā
He turns to face you, smile beaming as you stand two feet apart, eyes tracing over each other as you bask in the long awaited silence. You watch as his hand reaches out, the back of his fingers brushing against yours. The hand reaches around, clasping yours gently in his. You squeeze once, smiling shyly up at him.Ā
āCan I tell you something?ā His voice is quiet, almost shaky as he keeps his eyes trained on your conjoined hands.Ā
You squeeze his hand again, humming your assent.Ā
āI love you. Iāve loved you since we were 15 years old and I saw you sitting on those moon chairs. I remember my heart was beating so, so fast and I thought it was just post race adrenaline but when I remember your shy smile and the braids you had in your hair and my heart feels the exact same way. Itās always been you.ā
Even after the kiss, the admission makes your heart race wildly. He loves you. He loves you back. āWhy didnāt you say anything?ā
āI was scared. Scared that you wouldnāt love me the same way I love you.ā He tries to come off nonchalant, but the way his hand trembles in yours betrays his true emotions.Ā
Rubbing your thumb over the back of his shaking hand, heart thumping erratically at both the situation and the sweetness of his nervous confession. āLan, I was literally a 15 year old racing nerd and you were a boy willingly talking to me. Why do you think I was a nervous mess when you spoke to me? I had the biggest crush on you.ā
āHaving a crush and loving someone is different.ā He leads you by your intertwined hands to the sofa, settling back into the corner as you sit close enough to keep your hands connected. āBack then, you knew me as Lando Norris, F4 driver, and then just Lando, your best friend who secretly stuffs his face with pizza and falls over his own feet more often than not.ā He huffs out a laugh at the memory of the last time heād tripped over thin air and fallen flat on his face when youād gone to visit him in Monaco.Ā
Avoiding eye contact, he keeps his eyes trained on the way your fingers interlock almost perfectly. āI was worried you wouldnāt love me when we became close.āĀ
āYou idiot,ā using your free hand, you smack him lightly on the arm, giggling at the fact the two of you had been mutually pining for years, āthat just made me love you more. Sure, I was 16 and the idea of dating a race car driver, even little Lando Norris,ā his arm reaches out to return the smack, āwas a dream, but then I wanted to date just Lando, the man who gives me piggybacks from clubs when my feet hurt and bites my arm when Iām not paying attention. I love you, just plain old Lando Norris.ā
If you thought his smile when winning was bright, the one he shoots you now is almost overwhelming. Face pulled up so tight you wouldnāt be surprised if he complained of an ache in his cheeks later, eyes crinkling deeply at the corners and shining a bright seafoam green.Ā
Before you can return the grin, he reaches up and grabs the back of your neck, pulling you in for another kiss. The passion is the same but different, no longer adrenaline filled from a race win, but full of love and adoration and the secret he never thought heād get the chance to say.Ā
He pulls back just enough for a whisper of air to pass between the two of you, eyes warm and locked onto yours. āI love you. So much. Itās me and you, plain old Lando and plain old Y/N.āĀ
You push him lightly, grinning playfully. āWho are you calling plain?ā
He rectifies his mistake with another kiss, this one softer and slower, the two of you taking the time to appreciate that this moment had finally come. The kiss moves to the corner of your lips, across your cheek and down to the spot just below your ear.Ā
A hand wraps around your waist, securing you to your spot. Pulling back slightly, you look down at the smiling man resting his head on your shoulder. āSo, I love you, and you love me. What next?ā
āWe go celebrate this momentous occasion, and the race win, and then I take you out for our first proper date.ā Tightening his hold on you, he moves his head to rest in the juncture between your neck and shoulder, dropping warm kisses to the skin beneath his mouth.Ā
āāāāāāāāā ą±Øą§ āāāāāāāāā
a/n: 3 of my top 5 boys on the canada podium is so ššš©·ššššššššš also as an esteban ult, it's on site for alpine fr. ALSO GOTE pt 3 coming soon ā¤ļø
#lando norris x you#lando norris fanfic#lando norris x reader#lando norris imagine#f1 x reader#f1 imagine#f1 fic
824 notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
Along For The Ride (Part 1 of 2)
MDNI +18 Only!!
Farmer!Older!Beefy!Eddie Munson/ Mean!Bougie!Fem!Reader
Summary: A drunken joyride leads you in the midst of Eddie Munson, whoās seeking repayment for the damages made to his property by you. Fed up with your constant misbehavior, your father makes a deal with Eddie in which you will do some manual labor around his farm in exchange. Youāre not too pleased with this arrangement and your differences in personalities lead to a clashing of headsā¦and tongues?? (8.5k words)
A/N: I have not written in ages. It is really tough being a writer with the pressures I place on myself to be perfect, to gain more likes and followers, to write things as quickly as possible. Iām learning to fall in love with writing again. Itās a slow process but someday Iāll be able to share all the great things Iāve been working on for the past year. Anyway, here is my start to starting my journey again and thank you all for supporting me.
Older!Eddie photo edit by: @/eddiemunsons-missingnipple
CW: fluff and lots of angst, enemies to friends to lovers trope, SLOW BURN, age gap (Eddie 40s, Reader 20s), mean!affluent!reader, bad girl reader, light smut/eventual heavy smut, bratty!reader, ugly duckling turned swan trope, reader character development, mean friends, minor canon events from tv series (chrissy death, eddie accused of chrissy and other victims deaths), limited knowledge of farm life and work, drunk driving, consumption of marijuana and alcohol, committing of property crimes, return of readerās ex, mentions of insecurities, descriptive and graphic language, lots of sexual tension, kissing, dry humping, eddie cums in his pants
You bellow out the lyrics to Taylor Swiftās āWe Are Never Getting Back Togetherā along with your three friends, not a care in the world for who would be unfortunate enough to hear you in the chilly 3 am evening. The girls pass around a bottle of tequila when your best friend, Tana, āseated in the passenger seatā attempts to pour a shot into your mouth.
āBabe, no. I drank enough at the club. The guy that asked for my number was practically throwing them at me. I had to kill a plant by pouring my drinks onto the poor thing. Men ruin everything.ā You pout.
āAmen to that, sis,ā Tana says, snapping her fingers. āHad a guy tell me that he thinks Iām the one for him. Turns out, heās married with a baby on the way.ā
You all playfully point your index fingers to your tongues, faking gags before leading into a giggling fit.
āI had a guy ghost me because he didnāt like me sharing my selfies on social media. Said that āthey should only be exclusive to himā.ā Your friend, Essie, shares.
āI feel like we need to get back at men for the shit they put us through,ā Brooke chimes in. āIām in the mood to make a man fall to his knees, whimpering for mercy.ā
āYou kinky little minx!ā You laugh. āAre you trying to make men pay or are you trying to get laid?ā
āCan it be both?ā Brooke says, biting her acrylic-donned thumb.
āI sayā¦ā Tana calls attention to herself, raising a hand. āWe choose a random house on this street to wreak our vengeance. One of the homes has to belong to a man.ā
āIām in!ā Essie beams.
āMe too.ā Brooke says, high fiving Tana for her devious plan.
āI donāt know, guys,ā You say, reluctant to rain on their parade. āWeāre pretty drunk but I donāt think weāre drunk enough to want vandalism charges. Letās just go to one of those rage rooms and let out all this pent up energy. We could scream out female rage lines from our fave movies and break shit.ā
āThatāsā¦okay but itās not as epic as Tanaās idea,ā Essie says, leaning forward to be in better earshot range. āCome on, y/n. Itās only for tonight. You know, weāre just having some harmless girl time fun. Itās not like weāll be breaking and entering. Weāre just gonna do some silly stuff then leave. Pleeaaase. I just broke up with my boyfriend. I need this.ā
You take a quick glance at the girls who all send big, puppy eyes your way. You sigh then laugh. āI canāt believe weāre doing this.ā
They cheer at your response, knowing that theyāve won. You raise a hand to cease their cheers and they quickly go dead silent. āSince, Iām the most sober one here. Weāre doing this my way,ā While staring at the road ahead, a smirk slowly spreads across your face. āI get to choose the place.ā
āāāāāā
The four of you sneak onto the open field, tiptoeing through the tall grass. Based on the smell wafting in the air, you are certain there are barn animals nearby.
With a nasal tone in her voice from holding her nose, Tana says, āUgh, how could anyone work around this icky smell?ā
āShhh,ā You order, putting a finger to your lips. āIf we need to be quiet if this is going to be a successful in and out mission. Do you remember the plan?ā
āHow could I forget? Itās the most basic prank ever.ā Tana whisper-yells, holding up the two rolls of toilet paper in her hands.
āItās still a huge pain to the homeowner,ā You defend confidently before letting out a wicked giggle. āHe will be so inconvenienced when he wakes up in the morning.ā
Tana shakes her head lovingly at you before peering to her right and left. āUmm, y/n, whereās Essie and Brooke?ā
Your eyes widen as you unintelligibly peer to your right and left as well despite knowing the space is empty. āOh shit,ā You facepalm. āHow could we have let them out of our sight? Who knows what those morons are doing?ā
āHew we awe,ā Essie carries a ābaby talkā inflection as she materializes from the dark bluish night with a medium-sized pig cradled in her arms. āEvwyone meet Wilbur.ā
āIām sorry but where the hell did you get that pig?!ā You say, no longer able to keep your voice to a whisper.
āThe barn, obviously.ā Brooke replies.
āWhat happened to not breaking and entering?! I take my eyes off you two for a second and youāve already broken a handful of crimes.ā You scold.
āBut weāre saving him, y/n. You donāt want this pig to become bacon, do you?ā Essie says, holding up the pig near your face only for it to wiggle out of her grasp and take off running.
āWeāve gotta catch that stupid fucking pig!ā You yell and the girls obey. The group comically chases the animal around, slipping and sliding through mud and crops. In the chaos, the pig makes contact with the toilet paper youāve long abandoned, tossing it around with the help of the forceful winds to guide it all over the field.
You spot the pig approaching the door of a small blue cottage. You dive forward, fully immersed in the thick mud that soiled your white tank top and denim skirt and you cared little for this fact with your concerns focused on obtaining the pig in your arms. He squeals and whines against you as you plead for its compliance.
Suddenly the porch lights turn on, shining down on you like a spotlight. The door swings open and not long after youāre forced to look into the eyes of your prosecutor from the ground.
A rugged, older man with unruly, curls of brown hair cascading down his shoulders and the deepest brown eyes that are as large as buttons. The same eyes that were now staring down angrily at you.
āWhat the fuck?ā He says through gritted teeth. Itās not until he sees the full extent of your wrath that he decides to emphasize his previous statement with a fury of a thousand suns. āWhat. The. Fuck!ā
You swallow hard, releasing the pig as you collect yourself off the floor. The man feels no need to check whether his pet had entered the home safely, wanting his eyes to focus on you in case you tried running.
āI-I could explain. W-we were justāā
āWe?ā He abruptly interrupts, upholding the gruffness in his tone.
You were afraid that heād say that. After all, those bitches were a little too quiet for your liking. After looking behind you to confirm their abandonment, you slowly face your prosecutor once again.
Swallowing the hard lump in your throat you begin, you try scrambling for an answer. This is already a very terrifying situation. This man looked terrifying himself. Heās robust in build, littered with tattoos, and had piercings. You donāt see men like him everyday or at all on your side of town. Men usually groomed themselves like ken dolls where you come from. But when you have come across men that look like him, the experience has always been a negative oneā-only this time you were the one at fault.
āIām sorry.ā You shrug with an awkward smile then tack on a āPlease donāt call the cops.ā
He sighs deeply. āIām not going to call the copsā¦ā
āOh, thank god.ā You sigh in relief, a hand to your beating chest.
āYouāre going to call your parents,ā He finishes. āAnd you are going to tell them that weāre going to come up with a solution for this or I will be calling the police.ā
āOh, fuuuck.ā You groan.
āāāā-
āIām so very sorry, sir. Truly,ā Your father says after profusely apologizing for the 7th time since his arrival. āSheās been acting out a lot ever since sheād gone away to university. My wife and I donāt know this girl but she is not the y/n we raised.ā
You roll your eyes at the comment, texting away at your friends who wanted to know the details of your capture. Meanwhile, youāre too busy cursing them out to care about how badly youāll be punished for this.
āIām just glad things didnāt get any worse or when someone couldāve seriously ended up getting hurt.ā The farmer says, staring pointedly at you.
āNow I was thinkingā¦though I could very well pay for the trouble and we could be out of your hair, Iām a man that likes to go above and beyond when it comes to taking responsibility. My daughterās exceedingly aware of this fact about myself,ā Your father scoots his seat up closer to the table, fingers together as if proposing a business plan. āIt appears that you might need some temporary assistance in tending to your farm work. If youāre looking for an extra set of hands to help with some manual labor for the next two weeks, my daughter is happy to oblige.ā
āExcuse me!ā You say, attention fully invested in the conversation. āTell me you're joking.ā
āNope. You are grounded. Meaning that though you are visiting for spring break, you are currently under my roof, my rules. I am still your parent after all. To clarify, there will be no going out with your friends. You are to come straight to
Mr. Munsonās farm every day after your time at your motherās shop. Youāll help the gentleman around with whatever he asks of you.ā Your father explains.
āAnd what if I donāt?ā You ask, defiant.
āThen youāll be cut off and youāll have to earn money on your own.ā
āY-you m-mean a j-job?ā You ask, horrified.
āExactly.ā Your father confirms.
You stare wide-eyed at farmer Munson who has a prominent smirk on his face. āI like the sound of that, sir. Youāre a good man.ā
You shriek in anger. āYouāre the worst!ā
You furiously stomp out of the home, hating your life and men once again.
āāāā
Your father had no doubts that youād be going to work on the farm once heād threaten to take away your (his) money. When you arrive at the address, youāre immediately reminded how you're not on your side of town anymore. Itās officially Hickville.
Reluctantly knocking on the door, you hope that Eddie wonāt answer the door, praying that heās changed his mind and took the money instead. Unfortunately, he answers the door with a huge smile in contrast to your deadpan demeanor.
āOh, come on, lighten up, sugar. I made some of my famous iced tea ahead. One taste and itāll all seem worth it.ā
āItās not fair!ā You rant, pushing passed him. āWhy am I being the only one punished? This was all Brookeās idea. And Essie was the one who stole the goddamn pig.ā
āHis name is Wilbur,ā Eddie corrects. āAnd who are we talking about exactly?ā
āDoesnāt matter,ā You sigh. āBad things always happen to good people.ā
āIāll say.ā Eddie says, staring you down.
āWhy are you staring at me like that?ā
āYou really think youāre the victim in all of this?ā
āAre you?ā
āI donāt know. Why donāt we check out the lovely view of the TPād trees blowing in the wind?ā He asks sarcastically, gesturing to his window.
āItās just a little toilet paper. Never had a little prank done on you.ā
āWow,ā He feigns a smile, shaking his head at you. āYour audacity to diminish all the negative things youāve done to me into the spirit of good fun is astounding.ā
āMy therapist did always say I have a knack for looking at things on the bright side.ā You retort.
āIs that so?ā He asks mockingly. āWell then, youāre gonna love this special job I have for you.ā
āāāāā
Which leads you to the situation youāre in now. Youāre staring into the eyes of a cow whose large brown eyes kind of reminded you of farmer Munson except they actually held kindness in them and not pure disdain.
āThereās no way Iām milking this thing. I have no idea how to do that,ā You say, prompting Eddie to raise a suggestive eyebrow at you. āYou know what I mean, pervert.ā
Suddenly, an idea clicked in your head. Maybe you could use this āpervertā thing to your advantage. Heās obviously single or he wouldnāt be this much of a crab. You can easily seduce him and get out of doing anything!
āMr. Munson,ā You say with a purr in your voice as you press yourself up against him. āIām actually really good at milking other things after all. Youāve got me pegged at that. Maybeā¦I can show you just how skillful my mouth and hands can be for you.ā
He laughs. He fucking chuckles in your face. How fucking dare he?! āThat was rich. Seriously, that performance was justā¦moving. You can try to sway me with sex all ya want, hun. Trust me there are women and men whoāve tried,ā He slightly narrows the gap between your faces, staring you down. āI donāt buckle under that kinda pressure, sugar. Itāll take a lot more than salacious words to make my dick jump. Now why donāt we go back to the task at hand, shall we?ā
Youāre fuming. This asshole really thinks he can get away with making you out to be a fool. Well, two could play that game. Youāre going to make his existence for the next two weeks feel like a total nightmare.
He seats you on a small stool beside the cow before instructing you on how to milk her. You halfheartedly reach for an udder, shrieking at the feel of it between your fingers.
āThis is so gross!ā You whimper, squeezing your eyes shut. āIām going to disassociate and imagine that Iām in a niche boutique in Manhattan.ā
āAh, spending daddyās money even in your dreams. How thoughtful.ā He mutters.
āYou have no right to judge me just because you think Iām privileged.ā You snap.
āI donāt āthinkā youāre privileged. You are privileged. See the difference?ā
You tug on an udder, purposefully targeting him as the milk drenches him. His face puckers his face before staring daggers at you.
āOops.ā You say in a sickeningly sweet tone.
āāāāāā
You begrudgingly enter your house key into the doorknob, body aching from the day's work. The moment you enter, your fatherās happy-go-lucky spirit engulfs you and it takes everything in you not to explode.
āHey, honey, how was your first day?ā
āQuestion, father,ā You begin, calling him the formal term instead of āpapaā or ādadā. āDo you love me?ā
āNow what kind of silly question is that?ā He reverts back with his own question, befuddled.
āIām just curious because I donāt think a father who truly loves their daughter would ever put her through the kind of hell I just went through today.ā You respond.
āYou milked a cow,ā Your teenager brother, Aspen, enters the dining room before beginning a dramatic act. āSomeone save the poor girl! Sheās gaining new life experiences! You are such primadonna.ā
āShut up, ya little twerp.ā You say, pulling his hoodie over his face.
āYour brotherās right, dear,ā Your father says. āYou are being really dramatic. I donāt get it. You never used to be this way. You loved reading books and conducting personal science experiments and geeking out over your favorite moviesāā
āThat just isnāt me anymore, dad. The sooner you accept that, the better it is for us all.ā You grumble.
He decides to drop the topic in favor of keeping the peace for the dinner your mom prepared for the family to enjoy as a unit. But your mind couldnāt help but to wander back to those times where you were seen as a nerd and bullied for being different and having different interests. University was a different story though. There, you were able to reinvent yourself into the hot bad bitch you know today.
But why is it that your fatherās words resonated so much with you? Had it been because it wasnāt the makeover or the new friends and partners youād make along the wayā¦it was the fact that he knew that you, yourself, couldnāt believe your own act. He knows that you're lying to yourself about liking the person youāve become. No way could ever admit such a thing to him. And itās not like youād feel this way forever. Once youāre done with this hell labor with Eddie āThe Devilā Munson, you can go back to your popular life.
āāāā
The routine continued including your constant pushback. It went: shadowing your mother for the day with her bridal clients, heading over to the Munson farm soon after, non stop bickering between the two of you for 2 hours, then heading back home to soak your aching body and curse out the world.
Today is no different with the task of you grooming the stupid pig that got you into this mess in the first place.
āWilbur. His nameāsāā
āI know!ā You shout at him, gathering the metal pail and wooden brush from the table. You grumpily made your way to the backyard of the home in search of the shed supposedly carrying the soap to clean the pig. When you notice Wilbur rushes out of a trailer home stationed in the backyard. āHey, get back here!ā
The pig is long gone and you don't care to chase after it once your interest is piqued by the mystery home in the backyard. Searching around to make sure there were no signs of Mr. Munson, you enter the place cautiously.
Itās as if the trailer had been stuck in the 1980s. Everything is vintage and old looking but also well kept. You see photos of the younger Eddie Munson scattered around the walls of the home andā-though you hate to admit itāhe was just as handsome as he is now. In some of the photos including one pinned to the fridge by a magnet, you can see an older man. Maybe his father.
Your eye catches an old poetry assignment also pinned to the fridge with a large āC+ā above it. A little note at the top explaining his grade being contributed to some misspellings and some inappropriate language despite the good work.
You raise the paper to your eyes and read:
If I Were A Hobbit
If I were a hobbit, Iād be so free
Iād frolic in the grass and smoke some trees
With furry feet and a merry heart
From adventureās call, Iād never depart
With Bilboās tales, Iād while away time.
In the beautiful land of Middle Earthās rhyme
Iād wander the fields beneath the sun
Iād travel it world cause itās all in good fun
If I were a hobbit, maybe I wouldnāt get laid
But, hey, itās goddamn worth the price I paid
You giggle, amused at how fun Mr. Munson had been long ago. You wonder what couldāve happened. Immersed in the poem, you were unaware of his arrival until he whispered haughtily into your ear.
āWeāre continuing the trend of breaking and entering, I see.ā
You jolt away, facing him. āI-Iām sorry. But you said that I had to look for a shed. Should be more specific.ā
āThis looks like a shed to you, sugar?ā
āTrailerā¦shedā¦itās no different.ā
He chuckles dryly. āYou are a piece of work.ā
āLook whoās talking? You know, you seemed a lot more fun when you were a teenager.ā You comment, holding up the poem.
āGive me that,ā He yanks from your hands, placing it back on the fridge. āAināt anyone ever tell you itās wrong to go snooping around peopleās things. Wait, who am I kidding? I met your father. Even if he were to have taught you these things, youād probably go against him.ā
āYouāre a pain in my ass.ā You hiss.
āRight back atcha, sweetheart.ā He retorts.
āThen, I hope you donāt mind if I continue to do so.ā You say, pushing past him to go into the hallway.
āWhere do you think youāre going?ā He asks, hot on your trail.
You enter a bedroom and itās another blast from the past. The typical kind of teenage boy bedroom. Itās no shock to you that he's a metalhead. You begin to rummage through his collection.
āYou little brat,ā He huffs. āIām too old to be dealing with this shit!ā
āLive a little,ā You say, popping in a blues cassette into the radio. āDance with me.ā
He stands in the middle of the room, arms crossed as you begin to dance in circles around him. Your boot kicks up a newspaper article crumpled up on the ground and you go to retrieve it, ignoring Eddieās protests.
It is an article about 15 years ago that expresses Eddie Munsonās exoneration in the death of Chrissy Cunningham and him receiving only a $50,000 settlement. It also goes into detail that his only known immediate family and caretaker, Wanye Munson, had died just a month before his release.
āOh my god, Mr. Munson. I-Iām so sorry. I didnātā¦ā You trail off, knowing what to say or even where to begin.
āItās all in the past now,ā He sighs. āBesides, Iām fine now. I still have my friends. They are like family. Theyāve got their own lives but when they can they check on me. Thatās more than enough.ā
Without thinking, your arms curl around his body and for the first time you get to feel his body against yours and itās addicting. He tenses for a moment, unsure whether this is okay but eventually he melts into your embrace.
His beefy arms cradle you, a large hand resting atop your head. Your heartbeats fall in sync with one anotherās and you allow yourself the brief moment to nuzzle into his chest, the chest hairs peeking above his tank top tickles the tip of your nose.
You dare to look him in the eyes, seeing them already looking down at you. They were wet with unshed tears, pleading with you for something. Itās the first time youāve seen that look on his face and like a magnet you're drawn to it. Youāre suddenly moving on your own accord, tiptoeing to brush your nose against his. He lowers his face to your level. Your lips are only a mere centimeters from his full ones when the sound of his phone ringing takes you both out of the moment.
Heās quick to pull away as if freed from an intense spell. Excusing himself, he leaves the room and heads outside. Youāre left standing in the room alone, the soft, rhythmic melody of blues playing in the background.
Willing yourself to cool down, you decide to go on with your original task and find Wilbur while hoping itāll shake off the electric feeling he left on your skin.
āāāāāāāā-
Bathing the pig proved to be quite the distraction because this little shit is making you use all your brain power to keep it still. Having stripped into just your bikini and rainboots, you held the pig for dear life as you washed and scrubbed at him and practically yourself.
You notice Eddie from the corner of your eye, stifling laughter as he leaned against a nearby tree.
āBy the way, Iāve already washed off all the barn animals, tended to my crops, and was able to make myself a sandwich in the meantime. You, however, youāre still working on Wilbur. Or should I say, heās working you.ā
āHardee har har,ā You say, unamused. āWill you just help me with this pig?ā
āAlright, alright,ā He says, heading over to you. The pig immediately jumps from his grasp and into your arms. āItās all in the technique.ā
āEasy for you to say. He already knows you.ā You grumble.
āNow what youāre gonna want to do is come up behind him. He's a big fella so in order to hold him down youāll need to straddle him like this and place your hands down firmly on his back. That way heāll know to stay put,ā Eddie says getting into position, his boots digging in the dirt for some leverage. āHeāll tussle with ya a little but itās only because heās not used to being handled by other humans. Heās still a little frantic with me even after all these years. I saved him from the slaughterhouse so it comes with the territory.ā
āYou mean you werenāt going to turn him into bacon?ā
āNo, sugar, Wilburās family. Now get up on here with me. Donāt put too much of your weight on him. Only just enough to hold him down.ā He instructs.
You follow suit, straddling the pig and placing your hands over Eddieās before looking back over your shoulder at him. āLike this?ā
āJust like that, sugar. Youāre a natural. See? Now Iām just gonna go ahead and get up and youāll take theāā
āWhat? No, donāt leave me! Heāll just shake me off again.ā You protest.
Sure enough, the pig began to shake the both of you off its back, side to side until you both fell back into the soil. You fall right into Eddieās lap and he instinctively grips your hips hard, causing you to let out a yelp and scramble out of his grasp.
You sat on your knees, looking at him with wide eyes and he returned with the same expression. The blush on his face intensifies and you follow the way his hands rush to pull the cowboy hat from his head to hold against his lap.
He quickly looks away from you, clearing his throat.
āYouāve gotāerm, your bikini braā¦ā Youāve never seen him so flustered. So speechless. You eish you could relish in it but when you realize exactly what heās insinuating, you feel your cheeks begin to heat up as you wish the world will swallow you whole.
Your tit is hanging out for the world to see. A fucking nipple slip! Why did God cease at nothing to make you the butt of every joke?
You briskly adjust your bra, shaking in your boots. The itching desire to run heavy on your mind.
āI-I s-should go,ā Your shaky legs somehow allow you to stand as you peer down at him. āHave a good evening, Mr. Munson.ā
You stiffly power walk your way to the small cottage home to gather your discarded clothes on the porch. Eddieās large hand rests on your shoulder.
āWait! I canāt send you off like this. Youāll track mud in your car.ā
āItās not like I havenāt done that before.ā You scoff.
āWhy donāt you shower here and Iāll offer you some fresh clothes? Iāll be making my stir fry in case you're hungry.ā
āYou being nice to me all of a sudden, Mr. Munson?ā You ask, raising an eyebrow. āCanāt help but think thereās some kind of hidden agenda.ā
He smiles a genuine 100-watt smile. āNo, sugar. Iām just extending some needed hospitality is all.ā
āāāāā
You pull on the long sleeved t-shirt Eddie offered you, studying its logo. A horned demon, swords, dice and so on.
āItās my old high school club t-shirt.ā He says, coming to sit beside you on the couch.
āYou were in a Dungeons and Dragons club?ā
āYou know DāNāD?ā
āKnow it?! I loved that game.ā You say, excitedly.
āI didnāt think kids in your generation still played that game.ā He laughs.
āOh, yeah,ā You nod. āI was a dungeon master. My campaigns were fire. Anyone whoād joined my games would always go around telling their friends to come see me in action.ā
āNo way! I was a dungeon master, too! I took it a little too seriously at times but it was like my second passion,ā He looks you up and down. āI would have never thought someone like you would be into that kinda stuff.ā
āIāll ignore your sly comment to clarify that I wasnāt always like this back in high school.ā
āWhat do you mean?ā He asks.
āWell, you heard my dad. I used to be a goody two-shoes. A nerd. And I even dressed the part, too. The old me wouldāve totally geeked at your Hobbit poem. Iām different now though.ā
āWhatās so wrong about being a nerd?ā He inquires, scooting closer to you.
āI used to get bullied everyday. Boys would ignore me. Even the geeks would only ever see me as a friend. When I got to university, that all changed. Everyone wanted me.ā
āI think if Iād known you then, weād probably be good friends.ā
āYeah right. I seemed like the bad boy type who falls for the cheerleader. You wouldnāt have looked twice in my direction.ā
āNo,ā Eddie says firmly, staring you intensely in the eyes. āI would see you.ā
He repeats for emphasis. āI see you.ā
You swallow the hard lump in your throat, choking back tears. Youāve never felt so vulnerable. Itās strange to be so open with a man who 5 days ago you would have choked with your bare hands.
āBesides,ā He says, breaking the silence. āI think itās you who would have ignored me. Iām not the bad boy you think I am. Sure, I was a bit of a troublemaker here and there. But I was a huge geek, too. Hadnāt even lost my virginity until age 36. A year after my release. No girl wanted to fuck me back in high school. I was āthe freakā. To some people today, I still am one regardless if Iām innocent.ā
āI wouldāve believed youāre innocent. Iād have been by your side, too. Us, geeks, have to stick together, yeah?ā
He huffs out a laugh. āYeah.ā
Thereās that magnetic pull again. The attraction that makes you want to be as close to him as possible. You resist not wanting to make that move again but he takes the initiative, leaning in further only this time you're interrupted once again with the sound of your phone ringing. You throw a silent fit in your head. Eddieās just as frustrated, expelling a long duration of air from his nose.
āHello.ā You say, answering the phone.
āHey, baby,ā A familiar voice says on the line. āItās been months. I still think about our time in Venice and this spring fever is only making it harder to ignore.ā
Now the memories come flooding in. Itās an ex-fling you met while studying abroad in Italy during your freshman year of university. The man whoād taken your virginity and showed you the ropes to popularity. The moment you left Italy you expected him to call you back but he immediately ghosted you. From then on, you became the maneater you are today.
āWhat do you want?ā
You, of course. I hear you are back in your hometown. Luckily for you, I am doing some research here and I was wonderingā-ā
āLuckily for me? Are you on drugs, Stefan? I donāt care if you want me. You could forget my number and then youāll forget me. Have a goodnight.ā You quickly hang up the call, ignoring his pleas.
āIs everything alright?ā Eddie asks, noticing the way youāre hyperventilating.
āI am now,ā You sigh. āThat was my ex. He was also my first. He treated me like shit made me feel stupid and like I needed him as if he created me. And back then, I felt like I did need him. Then he ghosted me. It felt good to give him a piece of my mind although I wish I could have said more.ā
āI think you said enough. Iām certain you hit him where it hurts.ā He laughs.
āI should probably go.ā You say, standing up from the couch to grab your coat.
āWhat happened to staying for dinner?ā He asks.
āIām sorry, Mr. Munsonā
āEddie. You can call me Eddie.ā
āEddie,ā You say, testing his name on your tongue. Youāre not exactly sure if youāre ready to be this informal with him despite your almost kisses and the boob slip incident. āIām sorry but his call has left me shaken. I think I need to be in the company of my girls.ā
āYou mean, the girls who got you into trouble and left you behind? The ones your parents warned you to stay away from?ā
āCome on, dude, I need this. Itās not like you can give me great advice about guys.ā
āI could. Considering I am one.ā
āWell, I donāt think weāre close enough for that kind of session.ā
āWe just had this whole heart to heart. I thought we were seeing some improvement in our friendship.ā Eddie says.
āWeāre friends?ā
āUs, geeks, stick together?ā
āThatās just an oath. Doesnāt exactly confirm a friendship between us.ā
He exhales deeply, trying to contain his anger. āWell, I guess you wouldnāt mind if I tell your father about your little hangout.ā
āAre you blackmailing me?ā Your eyes narrow at him.
āThat would suggest that Iād be getting anything of value out of this which I wouldnāt be. Therefore, no this isnāt blackmail but it is definitely a threat. I donāt care if weāre friends. I donāt care to be your friend, sugar. But as the more responsible adult between us, I think itās within our best interest that you donāt hang out with the people who cause you to commit crimes. So, I think Iāll be taking you home, hmm?ā
āAnd what about my car?ā
āIāll take good care of it for tonight. Iāll pick you up tomorrow for your next job.ā He smiles smugly.
If looks could kill, heād be 7 feet under and youād already be in hell.
āāāā
Eddie pulls up to the front of your house. The whole ride there had been silent. You angrily gather your things, hurriedly trying to exit his van.
āHave a goodnight, sugar!ā He shouts as you slam the door in his face.
Once youāre inside, you do the routine process of angrily ranting out your annoyance with farmer Munson while stomping angrily up the stairs. Your family used to this by now simply goes about business as usual.
You dial up Tana and after a couple rings she answers. āHey, bitch! I was just about to text you the news. Did you hear whoās in town?ā
āYeah, Stefan, I know. Howād you know?ā
āHe's been calling me nonstop asking for you. Says he wants to talk to you.ā
āI already did. Told him to fuck off,ā You say. āAnd I thought Iād feel a lot better about it but I donāt know. Maybe itās because I didnāt get to stomp on his weirdly-shaped small dick.ā
āOh, yeeahh. I remember the dick pic he sent you. It is weird, isnāt it? Like an undeveloped banana. Anywhoā¦you wanna get high at my place and watch Americaās Next Top Model reruns. Iāve got Jell-O shots.ā She singssongs the last statement.
āI canāt remember. Iām on lockdown,ā You sigh. āIf I get into any more trouble or I might as well hand over a contract of my soul to the devil.ā
āBitch, you are a grown woman. These are the best years of our lives where weāre supposed to live it to the fullest. Sneak out! Iām coming over to pick you up.ā
āTana, nāā But sheās already hung up the call. Sometimes, you really hate this girl. With no choice, youāre forced to make a plan.
Firstly, you create a human-shaped pile in your bed, disguising it with your comforter. Next, youāll be climbing out of your window and quietly land on your lawn. Finally, you enter your friendās car and youāll be homefree.
Although, the climb is a lot more daunting than you anticipated. It seemed like a lot of a higher jump from where you are standing. Tanaās car pulls in and she rushes out to jump up and wave, whisper-yelling to encourage you to do it.
āTana, this is fucking crazy. You always make me do crazy shit.ā You yell down at her.
āBut itās all for the sake of fun experiences.ā She retorts. āCome on and jump. Be the bad bitch, you are. Think for a second. WWBD: What would Beyonce do?ā
āShe'd probably fire you as a friend.ā You growl.
āFair enough.ā
āOkay, Iām ready to jump. Just be ready to catch me.ā
āWhat?ā Before Tana could register what you meant, you jumped, hurtling into her arms and straight to the ground.
āHuh, that wasnāt so bad.ā You smile.
āYeah, because Iām the one breaking your fall.ā Tana groans.
āPaybackās a bitch, love.ā
āāāāā
āSo, is the farmer plowing your garden?ā Tana asks, while applying mascara to your eyelashes.
āTana!ā
āWhat? Thatās got to be the only reason youāre officially over Stefan.ā She says.
āI was already over Stefan. Eddieās just my headache.ā
āYouāre on first name bases with him. Oh, you are definitely fucking him.ā
āIām not!ā You insist.
āAnd did you say Eddie? Thatās the infamous Eddie Munson. How could I have not seen the connection? Heās so hot. Is that okay to say about a murderer?ā
āHeās not a murderer.ā You quickly defend him causing Tana to raise her hands in surrender.
āYikes, Iām sorry I didn't mean to offend your friend.ā
āHeās not myā¦well, he is. Butā¦heās not a murderer. He never killed her. I did some digging on the internet and this town used to be really strange back then. Not how it is now. I donāt know but the circumstances in all the deaths that happened back in ā86 are all too weird. No human could do the things that Iāve seen done to those corpses.ā
āBummer. Guess weāll never know who did it. I hear people who know of this case still harass him to this day. Itās no wonder he practically lives off the grid.ā Tana sighs. A knock at her front door leads her away and youāre alone to ponder your thoughts.
An overwhelming need to comfort Eddie hits you as you thought back to the moment heād asked you to stay for dinner. You assumed it was all a ploy to get into your pants but now you realize that heād genuinely enjoyed the little company heād gotten.
You hear Tanaās footsteps and a set of another coming up the stairs and before you could get a chance to tell her that youāll be leaving, she enters the room with your ex.
āWhat the hell is this?ā You sneer.
āI just thought maybe you should hear him out.ā Tana says with an anxious smile.
āIām out of here.ā You say, grabbing your jacket from her bed.
āWhere are you going? Your carās not here.ā Tana rushes down the stairs after you.
āIāll walk!ā You hiss over your shoulder, pulling the door open where youāre unfortunately met with the presence of your father, brother, and the devil himself.
āMr. Munson? Dad? What the hell are you all doing here?ā
āFunny, I was just about to ask you the same thing.ā Your father says.
Stefan steps out from behind you, handing you a piece of paper. āI can see that it is a bad time, mi cara. Please, call me when you can. Itās a new number since youāve blocked my old one.ā
With that, he acknowledges the men before him with a nod and leaves. Itās not lost on you that Eddie stares him down with a dirty look on his face before his eyes land back on you.
āIf I could just explain...ā You begin.
āNo, y/n, Iām sick of your excuses. You sneak off at night to god knows where. You reek of pot and booze. Is this the type of example you want to set for your younger brother? Heāll be graduating next year. Should anticipate that his time in university will consist of lollygagging around instead of focusing on his career?ā
You look over to your brother who, instead of carrying a smirk, he had a look of genuine concern for you.
āI was just having fun.ā
āIs that all you can think about? When did fun require drugs and alcohol and committing crimes?! Fun for you used to be attending cosplaying conventions, not vandalizing properties and drunk driving.ā
āWell, Iām not that anymore so you could fucking stop clinging to the past.ā You yell.
Your father is taken aback and you could faintly see the waterline rising in his eyes. āGet in the car. Now!ā
You shoot Eddie an angry look. āUs, geeks, stick together? Forget anything I ever said about believing in you.ā
Your heart twinges at the shattered look on his face at your statement. No longer wanting to see the extent of your blow, you brush past him and follow your fatherās command.
āAs for you, young lady,ā your father points to Tana. āI will be in touch with your parents regarding your misconduct.ā
Tanaās mouth drops in complete shock at this revelation and for a moment you actually are proud of your dad.
āāāā-
You plop yourself onto your bed, crying your eyes out. Not even really crying for yourself but for Eddie. How could you have been so cruel to him? All for the reason that he cares enough about you to make sure you arenāt getting into trouble. Thereās no way heād ever forgive you for the way you spoke to him.
A knock on your door calls to your attention. You reluctantly answer, knowing youāll be getting yet another punishment. Youāre surprised to find your brother, Aspen, at the door.
āWhat do you want, twerp?ā You say.
āYou should really apologize to dad. You made him cry. Iāve never seen him like that.ā He says.
āI know. Itās just that I hate when people remind me that I wasā¦a loser. I didnāt mean to be so awful to him, though.ā
āYou were never a loser. In fact, I used to think you were pretty cool. I wanted to be comfortable in my weirdness as you were. Iām happy that youāre finding yourself and all. But you donāt have to change who you are to appease anyone. Not even dad. Itās your life, sis. If you like drinking and partying, thatās okay. If you like reading nerdy books and cosplaying, thatās okay, too. As long as itās something you want to do and not something you do to make people like you. So stop acting like youāre some psycho fembot that wants to spend the rest of her life in and out of jail.ā
āWow, Aspen, Iām impressed. I did not know you could speak incoherent sentences.ā You tease, pulling him into a hug.
āFuck off.ā He laughs, struggling to free from your tight embrace.
āāāā
The next day, after some time to think of your apologies. You began with your father. He admitted to you that he was scared of the thought of you growing up and not needing him and letās just say that the two of you ended up bawling in each otherās arms and confessing your love and appreciation for one another by the end of it. Your busy event planner mother stumbled into the scene both heartwarmed and confused.
The next one is going to be a tough one for you. But you felt prepared with a handy long written note in your hand in case you needed to find the right words.
However, the moment you arrived on his farm and were met with the look of indifference on his face, you began to break down sobbing. Hard. The thought letter long abandoned to the ground.
His demeanor immediately softens, placing a hand on your shoulder to comfort you.
āI-Iām s-so sorryā¦.youā¦friendā¦meanā¦,ā You gasp an unintelligible apology through your tears. āBitchyā¦geeksā¦believe youā¦stupid pig Wilburā¦never would have met a great man like youuuu.ā
He gives you a small smile, pulling you into his embrace. āI know, I know.ā
āUnderstand?ā You ask.
āYes, sugar. I understand what you said. Crystal clear.ā
āAccept?ā
āYes, I accept your apology.ā Eddie laughs.
āYou donāt hate me?ā
āI never hated you. Even when youāre being an annoying brat. ā He says.
āGood,ā You sniffle, pulling away from him to wipe your tears and compose yourself. āIām happy weāre friends again.ā
āFriends? Who said anything about friends?ā He quips before patting your shoulder. āYeah, weāre friends again.ā
āNow you could get to work and then later you can make me that stir fry that I've been dying to try.ā You beam, skipping into his home.
āOnly if youāre a good girl.ā He challenges.
For the day, the two of you would groom the horses together. Of course, you were still quite jumpy and the bougie princess he knows you to be but it was nothing he didnāt find amusing about it anyway.
āYou should seriously take a look at my note though. I really thought out all the things I had to say for you. My weeping apology was only the tip of the iceberg.ā
āI donāt know. I donāt think anything in that note will top that moment but Iāll take your word for it.ā
āRead it when youāre alone though. I donāt want to see your face when you read it.ā
āWhy?ā
āBecause I know youāll be all smug about.ā You say, rolling your eyes.
āAnd you say you hardly know me,ā He chuckles then switches to a serious, gruff tone. āSoā¦Stefanā¦heās a looker. Thinking about going back on your word to end things with him.ā
You laugh. āIām playing it by ear. He says heās changed but thatās every jerksā favorite line.ā
āJust let him know that if he ever hurts you, Iāll kick his ass.ā He threatens.
You step into Eddieās space, his face flushes at the close proximity. Your hand raises up to cradle his heated cheek. āYou couldnāt hurt a fly, Edward Allan Munson.ā
Lost in your eyes, he fails to notice you tug the joint nuzzled behind his ears. Until you raise it up to his face with a knowing smile. āYou smoke weed?ā
āBaby, I used to be a dealer. In fact, I still grow my own supply.ā
āNo way.ā
āOh yeah. Maybe I was the freak but those jocks and cheerleaders were begging for a piece of my supply.ā
āYou wouldnāt mind if we smoke this one together.ā You suggest.
āAfter your father chewed you out for it last night?ā
āHe knows I do it. And I learned this morning, after our heart-to-heart, that he was once a pothead, too. And now that I know that you are also a pothead, not only does this confirm my personal theory that most people smoke weed but also this makes our friendship so much more interesting.ā
āYouāre starting to throw that whole āfriendshipā word around a lot more enthusiastically now.ā
āMy friendās a dealer. Iām going to take full advantage of that.ā You loop your arm around his guiding him to an empty stable so you can both fall against the hay.
He picks the hay from his hair, laughing. āI donāt even have a lighter and the fumes are not safe for the animals.ā
āBabe,ā You say almost insulted. āI always carry a lighter. You never know when youāll find yourself in an impromptu smoke session or possibly get lost in the middle of the woods. Besides, we released the animals into the field for their little recess. Weāre the only animals left here. Just you and me.ā
āAlright, fine I guess weāre doing this. Donāt tell your dad about this, though. This will just be a one time thing.ā
āMhm, yeah sure, bud,ā You say nonchalantly, busying yourself with lighting the joint. You hand over the joint to him and he protests, wanting you to take the first hit. You oblige. āItās your joint. Donāt you know the rules? The one who bringeth, smoke..eth.ā
āYou wanted it badly so I let you take it first.ā
āI didnāt want it ābadlyā. Iām not a fucking addict,ā You laugh, bellowing out a puff of smoke. āI just thought itād be a nice bonding moment. Wanna see how you get when youāre high.ā
āItās nothing special. Iām the same as I am now.ā He shrugs.
āYou mean, āa stick in the mudā?ā
He bumps you with his shoulder causing you to lay back against the hay.
āYou jerk, I just pick all that out of my hair.ā
āServes you right. Now hand me the joint. Youāre hogging it,ā He tries to reach for it but you raise it above your head. āYouāre such a tease.
He attempts to reach for it again, falling on top of you. His full weight on your body is so damn delicious it takes everything in you not to moan. It doesnāt help that the weed has heightened your senses making you feel EVERYTHING. The way his hot breath feels tickling your neck along with the way his curls on his head gently caress your skin as he reaches for the joint. He seems oblivious to the state he leaves you in even after heās gotten it until he lets out a puff of smoke in the air then looks back down at you once again. Itās evident he can see the darkened lust in your eyes because of the way his adamās apple bobs in his throat. He suddenly feels so thirsty and it isnāt because of the weed.
Afraid a moment like this will be interrupted once again, you lunge forward attacking his lips. Heās caught fully by surprise, a strangled moan swallowed up in your frenzied fit of passion. Youāre the one controlling the kiss, forcing him to roll on his back so you can grind down on the sizable erection in his jeans. The friction from the fabric of your lace underwear and the rough denim of his jeans are an undefeated combination against your puffy clit, sending flood after flood of your wetness to pool between your legs.
The kisses are sloppy. Your hands are everywhere; in his hair, yanking his shirt for dear life. His hands cup your face before entwining in your hair then theyāre around your neck, unable to keep them still because heād like to feel every part of you just as you wish to do to him. Every so often growls would escape your lips as you grind harder and harder against him.
āFuck, Eddie, you feel so fucking good.ā You whisper desperately into his ear.
āSo do you, sugar. Aināt even inside you yet and Iām already about to blow.ā He groans, sweaty forehead pressed against your own.
āCan I fuck you, Mr. Munson?ā You plead.
And the whine Eddie lets out confirms that it wonāt be happening anytime soon. You look between your bodies, seeing the dark, wet patch on his jeans then back up at him.
Heās obviously embarrassed. āIām sorry. Itās been a while.ā
āThatās okay. Um, this wasā¦this was really spontaneous.ā You donāt immediately get off, wanting more and hoping heād give you more so that he can make you cum, too.
Instead he grabs you by waist, lifting you off him in a hurry. āIām sorry. I need toā-this was a mistake.ā
And once again, he leaves you to your thoughts. All you could do is stare as he grew smaller and smaller in the distance, while you began to feel smaller and smaller on the inside.
#eddie munson x reader#eddie munson smut#eddie munson x reader smut#eddie munson x you#stranger things#eddie munson#eddie munson fluff#eddie munson fanfic#eddie munson angst#eddie munson x female reader#beefy!eddie munson#farmer!eddie munson#joseph quinn x reader#joseph quinn fanfiction#chocolate button eyes#eddie my baby#older!eddie munson x reader smut#mean!reader#bratty!reader#stranger things au
888 notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
Rodeo | lmh (m)
š©ā”šŖ Pairing: hitman!Minho x arms dealer! F. reader
š©ā”šŖ Summary: Minhoās relationship with you is like a good weapon - uncomplicated, refined, and trustworthy. He likes it that way. When you appear on his target list, his relationship with you becomes quite the opposite - complicated, rough, and unreliable.Ā
š©ā”šŖ Word Count: 18,249
š©ā”šŖ Genre: Cyberpunk | Smut | Angst | Peers to Something
š©ā”šŖ Rating: 18+ Minors are strictly prohibited from engaging and reading this content. It contains explicit content and any minors discovered reading or engaging with this work will be blocked immediately.Ā
š©ā”šŖ Warnings: Violence, world building, murder, discussion of murder, depictions of blood and fight sequences, brief mentions of drugs, depictions of wounds and treating them with syringes if you donāt like needles, explicit language, depiction of an anxiety attack, angst and self-doubt, Minho being an idiot, gun fights and scenes with weapons, some vague terms and references specific to the world building, sexually explicit content featuring oral (f. receiving), vaginal fingering, unprotected sex, cum eating, bodily fluids, and mentions of spit in several places. I think that covers everything, for the most part.Ā
š©ā”šŖ A/N: This is what happens when writers just write what they're inspired for. After almost two months of being unable to write, I got this random idea and I just went with it and took advantage of the moment and... genuinely had so much fun writing this. It got so much longer and more complex than I meant to, but I hope you enjoy.
š©ā”šŖ A/N 2: This work is heavily inspired by Fallout 4, Blade Runner, Altered Carbon and the lovely song Rodeo by WayV. I imagine Rodeo playing during the shootout scene at the bar. Additionally, a fun fact: I use the nato alphabet to communicate Minho's targets and reader's target in this spells out 'reader' in the nato alphabet :)
š©ā”šŖ Posted: Sunday, March 3 2024
š©ā”šŖ Disclaimer: All members of Stray Kids are faces and name claims for this story. This is entirely a work of fiction and by no means is meant to be a projection, judgment or representation of real-life people. Any scenarios or representations of the people and places mentioned in works are not representative of real-life scenarios.
| Masterlist | Ask | Tag List Request Form | Song Inspiration
Any work is good work.Ā
Minho isnāt so sure that his father would say that as he crouches down next to the body on the living room floor. His thigh muscles protest, aching and tight from hours of sitting crouched across the street in the chill of a high-rise building waiting for his prey to enter this very building.Ā
Neon light bleeds through the foggy window behind him. The room is awash in watery pink as he pulls out his scanner with one hand and leans forward with the other, pressing his gloved fingers to the man's chin to push his head to the side. It rolls easily, giving a fleshy sound that might make someone squeamish as the manās cheek hits the floor.Ā
Any work is good work, Minho thinks as he scans the man's non-existent pulse with his watch. He sees the blue ring of the biochip flash beneath cooling flesh, his watch flashing green with a soft buzz. The manās entire life flashes on the screen - full name, date of birth, ID number, blood type, and place of work. Everything about him casts a sickly green glow on Minhoās sharp face.
Tapping a few buttons on the watch face, he waits, holding his wrist near his mouth as the sound of a dial tone chimes once. Itās silent in the apartment, though he can hear the hum of airborne traffic a few blocks off as the roar of adrenaline winds down.Ā
āReceiving,ā a male voice answers. Minho doesnāt know who it is - he just knows heās one of any of the Delegators who work for Collect Co.Ā
āCollection request number alpha-echo-tango-delta complete, served by Collector 102598.āĀ
āCollected alpha-echo-tango-delta confirmed. Please place a beacon before you leave. All credits for this Collection have been transferred to your account. Please wait five to seven business days before funds are available for use. Your next collection is in four hours, seven minutes, and eight United Seconds.āĀ
The line goes dead. The glow of the watch makes him squint before he can lower his brightness, scrolling to his bank account. He sees the credits added with a transaction pending. When he was a kid, the number glowing at the bottom of the screen to indicate his balance might have excited him. Now, itās just a number on a screen that confirms the power wonāt go out at his apartment and that he wonāt go hungry.
Minhoās knees crack as he stands. He groans and leans backward, pressing his hands into the small of his back. A series of cracks slither up his spine, making his eyes roll back as he shuts them for a moment and shivers.Ā
Heās so goddamn sore.
Leaving the body on the carpet of the living area, he goes over to pick up the handgun resting on the counter. The energy weapon glows at his touch, syncing with his interface briefly before he holsters it inside his jacket.Ā
While he is technically within the law to eliminate targets for Collect Co., Minho finds that most people find it unsettling when Collectors walk around with weapons. He hasnāt given much thought to what people think about him, but it certainly causes a lot less trouble when he looks like an average businessman going to and from work instead of a licensed killer.
The gun isnāt technically legal, either. He would probably get away with it if a United Enforcer stopped him. The hitmen of the privately funded but government-sanctioned Collect Co., do not technically outrank the governmentās militia, but no one with a badge is going to tell a Collector no. Not if they can help it, anyway.
Tossing a beacon on the counter for the cleanup crew to track to the apartment and get rid of the body and clean, Minho heads outside into the rain. He ducks his head down against it, water sliding off the slicker jacket he hugs a little tighter. He feels warmth kick in and his mouth twitches at the sign of the heating system in the body armor on his chest is doing its job. A nifty little upgrade from you, he knows.Ā
At the thought of you, Minho turns north toward the speed train, remembering that he needs an adjustment on his armor that is out of sync with his watch, and JumpPacks. He already used the last one about five hours ago and he feels the numbness of exhaustion buzzing at his edges, a warning sign that if he doesnāt get a jump or sleep heās going to pass out.
Whichever comes first.Ā
Smears of color splash across the wet sidewalk as he jogs down the steps to the train. It smells wet and foul, making him tuck his chin to his chest as he rushes to the fast-closing door of the train. He steps over the threshold just as the doors clang shut, the hissing of an airlock barely finishing before it launches forward.Ā
He tenses to avoid being pitched forward into one of the standing railings. As the train rocks, the fluorescents above nearly blinding him, he finds a seat toward the back of an empty car. This late at night, there are only two other people in sight, both of them curled heaps of clothes on a seat, fast asleep.Ā
Sleep tugs at him the moment Minho sits down. He has a twenty-minute ride to North Ward Three, dropping his head against the back of the seat and closing his eyes.Ā
The light still hums behind his closed lids, making a splash of colors. Thereās no sound save for the whine of the magnetic rail beneath his feet and the occasional mechanical creek as the vehicle sways.Ā
He melts into the seat a little, limbs loose. Fuck he needs a JumpPack. The last forty-eight hours awake are wearing him thin at the edges, stretching him like fabric over a surface far too wide. The forty-eight-hour mark is when he starts to decline, and as soon as he starts to creep toward seventy, he knows itāll get messy.Ā
Minho is a lot of things, but he is ultimately human. The JumpPack can help him push beyond shaky hands, imagining things that arenāt there and the foggy thinking, but they wonāt keep him sharp forever.Ā
As if proving his point, Minho hangs somewhere between awake and asleep, suspended in a dreamy space where he can still feel the rocking of the train but doesnāt feel the ache in his limbs or the pressure growing behind his eyes.Ā
He flinches when the chime echoes above him at the next stop, eyes flying wide for a moment as his gaze sweeps the train car, his hand on the inside of his jacket where he grips the handle of a very nice knife.Ā
No one enters the car. Itās just him and the other two sleeping people - he isnāt sure theyāre even alive, really - and he relaxes, cursing at himself. This time when he drifts, he does so with a little more awareness, hand tucked warm against his chest and wrapped firmly around the blade.
Itās a unique little knife, snug in the sheath thatās buckled to the leather harness under his jacket. The handle is firm and made from non-conductive material that fits his exact grip from the meticulous measurements you took of his hand. You crafted the blade from a metal alloy youād been playing around with and lined it with a highly conductive silver alloy youād perfected.
When the button on the end of the handle is pressed, 5,000 volts of lethal electricity pulses through the sliver, finishing off a victim if he manages to fuck up a killing blow. Itās saved his life a few times in situations like now when heās exhausted and his guard is blurry, or when someone has decided to make him the target for robbery.Ā
A lot of your little gadgets have saved his life. You like to remind him every time he visits you. He doesnāt mind, though. Youāre an easy enough arms dealer - easier than anyone else in the city, really. You donāt ask the kind of questions that he doesnāt want to answer, and youāre always two steps ahead of him. Even your prices are fair, which he used to find suspicious.Ā
But Changbin and Jisung both swear by your tech and your business, and Minho is just happy that he doesnāt have to worry about you trying to give him a shitty deal or fuck him over.Ā
The Collection industry is made for fucking over. He knows the system can be fucked with, especially the closer to the top you get.Ā
Almost everyone tries to fuck Minho over. More than once heās shown up as a Collection Request. He doesnāt know if itās the system trying to clean up after itself or someone pulling strings to get him out of their way. Itās probably both, but every time it happens, heās managed to evade it.Ā
A Reverse Collection, those in his industry call it. In a way, itās sort of like a pop quiz. He gets attacked or shot at, and if he wins, he passes the test and reverses the Collection, earning him more time without any coworkers trying to murder him. The Delegators donāt seem to care which Collector murders the other, and heās never suffered for coming out on top.Ā
Any work is good work.Ā
Minho snorts at the thought, feeling the deep twinge in his extremities as he rouses himself, the train coming to his stop.Ā
Rain sluices the streets in North Ward Three. Here, the streets are busier with an assault of people, smells, and sounds. LED umbrellas float along like jellyfish as people walk from pleasure house to food stand to fight arena. The hologram advertisements and neon signs are louder here, inescapable.Ā
āThe United Republic stands for justice, equality, prosperity and freedom, bought by the noble sacrifice of the United Church. Join us today-ā Minho presses the ad blocker on his watch.Ā
Immediately the holograms vanish and thereās just the neon watercolor reflecting off the umbrellas as he walks down the stairs of Neon Rodeo, the orange lights making his eyes throb as he reaches the door manned by two guards.Ā
They know him immediately but they scan the biochip in his neck anyway. When theyāre pleased, they step aside and the door slides automatically, the base vibrating his ribcage as he steps into the dingy light, hesitating to let his eyes adjust.
True to the name, there is neon fucking everywhere. The servers are dressed in chaps with LED lights and glittering tassels, their cowboy hats flashing smiling faces on top of their head. The neon here is low-grade and covered in layers of dust, giving the air a dusky, burning sort of glow as he walks around tables.
Eyes follow him as he goes. The regulars are familiar with him, tipping their head in greeting though he doesnāt do more than watch them from the corner of his eyes. The servers all slow-smile at him, teeth too white and too glittering. He finds them more unsettling than attractive, and he quickens his step to the unmarked door at the back where Hyunjin sits on a stool.
Hyunjin is perhaps the most unsettling thing in the Neon Rodeo. His eyes are a strange grey, looking at Minho as he approaches. There is a predatory gaze in Hyunjinās eyes that never fades, a sort of knowing in them that Minho canāt shake. Minho knows Hyunjin is entirely human, but every time he approaches the man, Minho is suddenly unsure.Ā
Nightcrawler.
Minho has heard the whispers about Hyunjin. He believes them, too. Everything about Hyunjin is like a carefully balanced blade, ready to tip in either direction. His senses are honed to perfection and he has a habit of both blending in and standing out depending on his mood.Ā
And he can kill. Minho has seen the lethal man in action a single time when someone tried to push past him into the Builderās sanctuary. Hyunjin had been so fast that even Minho had a hard time keeping up, struck by how efficiently and quickly the former assassin moved.
Unnatural. Everything about him is uncanny, which is in line with everything Minho has heard about the underground sect of killers. What Minho does is legally sanctioned murder. The Nightcrawlers do something far more sinister, their skills going beyond the natural desire for order in the United Republic.Ā
Agents of disorder and chaos. Thatās what some say. Minho isnāt sure where his opinion lands on the spectrum, but he gives them a healthy distance and respect either way.
Even the way Hyunjin sits on the barstool is unnatural, one foot kicked up on the bar between his legs, the other stretched out in front of him as he leans forward, his hand on the front lip of the seat.Ā
āHello, Cowboy,ā Hyunjin greets, voice deep and smooth.Ā
His hair is blonde today, slicked back out of his face, the ends touching his shoulders. Heās dressed in a black button-up with a cow print pattern across the shoulders and white, beaded tassels outlining the pattern. His dark pants are tight and he makes no effort to hide the gun on his waist or the knife handle peeking out the top of his cowboy boot.
āI donāt like when you call me that.ā
Hyunjinās smile makes the hair on Minhoās arms stand on end. āI know, but I like it.ā
The guard makes no move to let Minho in and he tries not to show heās irritated. By the way the grin spreads on Hyunjinās face, Minho can safely assume he isnāt doing a great job. āIs the Builder in or not?āĀ
āWho is to say?āĀ
āJust tell her Iām here.āĀ
āIf sheās in, she already knows.ā Hyunjin nods toward an empty stool at the bar. āYou can wait, Cowboy.āĀ
Gritting his teeth, Minho turns on his heel to sit on the stool a few feet away. Hyunjinās uncanny eyes follow him, never leaving him once. Minho ignores him in favor of asking for water at the bar, the headache pressing behind his eyes growing more intense with the loud music and the choking smell of cigars.Ā
When the water comes back, itās warm without ice. He glares at the bartender who has already moved on to paying customers. The water is tepid and a little sour, making him cringe. Heās pretty sure it came from the faucet, but he sips on it anyway, eying the grimy fingerprints on the glass.Ā
A cowgirl slides up next to him, her pink vest pulled tight across her chest, showing sweat-slick skin. She smells like vanilla, the scent overpowering as she leans in, lacquered lips grinning.
āDonāt,ā Minho grunts, sipping the water. āNot interested.ā
āBut youāre so pretty.ā
A severe reprimand dies on his tongue as Hyunjin appears like a wraith, leaning in close to murmur, āBuilder is ready for you, Cowboy.āĀ
The cowgirl cowers away from the Nightcrawler, pressing up against the counter and fleeing as soon as he slinks away. If Hyunjin is offended, he doesnāt show it. He slips back onto the stool with that same eager lean, watching Minho through narrowed eyes as the Collector gets up and walks briskly to the now-open door.Ā
Minho doesnāt turn around when the door shuts behind him, immediately cutting off all sound. The door leads to a step of steps, mirrored walls on either side with glowing orange light strips above them. He climbs the stairs as quickly as he can, his head swimming a little as he gets to the top.Ā
The entire second floor is a massive, open-concept workshop. Tables covered with papers and instruments are placed in a chaotic maze, glowing screens with slow-spinning schematics and drawings giving the space a clinical, blue light. Workbenches with user interfaces hum along the corners of the room. Closed metal doors and offices stretch down a hall toward the pack, all under high-tech padlocks and surely protected with some sort of weapon system, if Minho had to guess.
Amid the organized chaos is you. The Builder.Ā
Minho hates calling you that. He thinks itās a little ridiculous of a title, but it suits you. There is nothing in this room you havenāt built and no weapon on his person that was not carefully crafted by you. He hesitates to watch you, standing at the edge of your luminescent domain as you lean over something, a small welding tool in your hand.Ā
āDo you need a formal invitation, Cowboy?āĀ
He doesnāt mind the name from you. He tells himself that itās because, despite his predisposition to not liking people, he doesnāt dislike you. Youāre easy to deal with, sort of like the weapons you make. You make his life functional and youāre to the point. He admires that, and heās willing to take a little bit of prodding and joking from you as a trade-off.
Wordlessly, he floats toward you. You donāt look up to greet him, but you kick your foot out and hook the toe of your boot underneath the leg of a stool to pull it out for him to sit on. He can smell a hint of jasmine and amber wafting from where you sit, making him clench his jaw as he fights a shiver.Ā
āI donāt have long,ā he says, forgoing the seat. āJust need JumpPacks and wanted to drop off my armor. Itās having trouble connecting with the interface of the watch. I hit it pretty hard last night and I think I damaged the receiver.āĀ
That gets your attention, drawing your sharp gaze up to him. But instead of dropping your eyes to his chest where the flexible armor stretches across his chest, you zero in on Minhoās face.Ā
Your silence is uncomfortable, but he remains unmoving, willing himself to stay in place under your calculating gaze. You lean forward, eyes drinking him in, examining him the way you would a schematic for a weapon or a complicated piece of data.Ā
Minho busies himself with looking at you in return. Thereās a crease growing deeper in your brow and your pretty mouth - he doesnāt remember when he started thinking it was pretty - begins to dip, displeased at something you find in his face.Ā
āWhen is the last time you slept?ā
āAre you psychoanalyzing me?ā You level a stare at him and he feels his mouth twitch. Minho thinks besides the occasional joke from Jisung - which he defines as Jisung accidentally hurting himself - you might be the only person who makes him want to smile. āFifty-two hours, eighteen minutes and forty United Seconds.ā
āNo to the JumpPack,ā you say finally. āSleep.ā
āI have another target in three hours, twenty-eight minutes and fifteen United Seconds.āĀ
āDown the hall and second door on the right. Sleep for two hours. It wonāt kill you.ā He opens his mouth to protest you cut him off, āIāll be done by the time youāre up. Take off your armor.āĀ
His hands open and close. Youāve never declined a JumpPack before. Youāve definitely never offered sleep before. He stands buoyed by his confusion before he reluctantly sheds the jacket. It crinkles in the silence as he shucks it from his shoulder and neatly folds it, placing it on the stool you had intended for him to sit on.Ā
Next, he sheds the holster, his gun, and a few knives clanking as he does. You seem amused by the amount of weapons heās managed to shove in the leather straps and he shrugs a little at your arched brow.Ā
Minhoās shirt is more armor than a shirt. Itās made from highly coveted synthetic material with hard but flexible geometric pieces stitched in that sync with his watch to turn on a light energy shield, pulse when thereās an energy weapon aimed at him, and generally keep anyone from being able to stab him. Youāve also added little things like warming sensors and anti-theft.Ā
Delicately, Minho peels off the shirt. He marvels as it moves, surprised at the give and flex of the material every time. He hands it over and you snatch it, tossing it on your work counter as if itās not the most expensive piece of technology he owns.Ā
Immediately heās covered in goosebumps. Your studio is bitter cold and you always wear sweaters and jackets with sleeves pulled over your hands. Youāre dressed as such now, the too-long sleeves on your arms pooling over your hands as he stands there, trying not to shiver.Ā
You pay no mind to his armor, instead standing up and twisting your mouth in a frown as your gaze skirts his chest and stomach. For a second he feels self-conscious, which he thinks is a little ridiculous as he glances down his chest. He realizes there is bruising blooming across him, spider webbing across to show when the armor unsynced and he took a few hard punches.Ā
Minho holds his breath when you lift your hands, as though youāre going to brush the tips of your fingers over each wound. Your hands are smaller than his and far more delicate, nimble fingers reminding him of artists. His mother was an artist. Her slim hands and careful brushstrokes are one of the few things he remembers about her.Ā
That, and that she chose to leave him.
Minho finds himself so hypnotized by your hands that your voice startles him when you say, āThree hours, twenty-seven minutes and five seconds, Cowboy.āĀ
You drop your hands and step away. He nods and sheds his watch as well, handing it over. āAlright.āĀ
With heavy footsteps, he follows the directions to the appointed room. Heās a little off balance, his hip catching the corner of a table as he goes. He curses loudly, hands shooting to his hip where pain blooms from the jab. Your laughter trills behind him and he scowls over his shoulder at you, but youāre unfolding his armored shirt.Ā
Muttering under his breath, he goes to the hall to the second door on the right. Heās never been in the hall before, but there are several doors lining each side. He carefully tries the handle, glancing up at the ceiling where a camera stares at him.Ā
The handle gives under his hand easily and he swings the door open to what looks like a very small and well-kept medical room. He raises his brows as he steps in and closes the door behind him. Thereās no lock on the door, his finger brushing across the handle to find one. He thinks about grabbing the chair tucked into the desk and sticking it under the handle, but the thought evaporates as quickly as it forms.
Heās not in danger here.Ā
Slowly, he trods to the cot. Itās a standard size with a thin mattress and scratchy blankets. Carefully, he sits down and immediately his body sighs. Minhoās eyelids flutter as he sags for a second, shoulders rolling inward as he curves in on himself, exhaustion pressing in.Ā
He needs to take off his boots, but his arms feel heavy. He promises himself that heāll do it in five more minutes before he gives up and lays down on his side, kicking his feet up boots and all onto the cot. The room is cool so he reaches for the blankets, uncaring that they scrape against his bumps and bruises.Ā
The last fifty-some-odd hours begin to press in on Minho, a physical force that squeezes everything out of him until heās fading fast into a heavy, dreamless sleep.Ā
-
A gentle knock pulls Minho from a heavy sleep. He feels the dregs of it like a weighted shadow he canāt shake off, groaning and blinking at the ceiling a few times. His limbs feel heavier than ever and his neck cracks as he rolls it to the side to look at the room heās in.
He suddenly remembers where he is, flinching a little as he sits up, movements jerky with nervousness. The room is still dark and cool, the itchy blanket falling to the floor as he sits and stares toward the door where thereās another knock.Ā
āCome in,ā he rasps, voice deep and rough with sleep.
A crack of light appears in the doorway as you slip in. Youāve got your arms full of stuff, using your elbow to smack the touchpad near the door. Dark orange light fills the room, gentle enough that it doesnāt hurt his vision but bright enough to see that the stuff youāve brought in is food and several bottles of water and some sort of blue liquid.
Minho eyes all of it warily, straightening as you stand in front of him, holding it out. He doesnāt move to take it and your mouth presses in a flat, firm line. āI know Collectors donāt have to be smart, but I do assume you know how to utilize the main food groups of the pyramid.ā
He can smell the jasmine and amber again, soothing. āWhy did you bring me food?ā
āBecause you look like shit, Cowboy. Donāt go losing your mind over a small gesture of goodwill.āĀ
Chagrined, he snatches the items from your hand. He immediately realizes that there are energy bars, protein bars, and packs of gel that will replenish immediate levels of hormones and vitamins. He eyes you curiously as he sets the pile on the bed next to him, ripping a foil back open with his teeth.
You cross the room to lean against the medical table in the corner, crossing your arms over your chest. When he doesnāt eat right away, you raise your brows, waiting. He pops the end of a gel back in his mouth and squeezes, immediately tasting blueberry and lemonade. Itās not half bad, making him hum in fascination.
That gets a grin from you, his mouth twitching at the corner again as he works the gel in his mouth to break it apart.
āFixed your armor. How hard did you knock the watch?ā His guilty expression tells all and you scowl. āItās made with durast carbonate. Itās pretty shockproof.āĀ
āDidnāt mean to. Some guyās goons jumped me when I was calling in the Collection. It umā¦ took a bullet.āĀ
āHow did they get the jump on you, hmm?ā He stares. āWere you tired?āĀ
Instead of answering, he tosses the empty gel back on the bed and picks up a protein bar. He looks at it, squinting his eyes in the dim light. Itās peanut butter flavored, which he enjoys. He rips it open with his teeth and tears into it, realizing just how hungry he is.
Minho has no idea when his last meal was. He thinks you know his line of thinking, but you donāt say anything more. Youāve already gotten your barbs in and you donāt intend to poke until heās truly annoyed or embarrassed, which he appreciates.
Without another word, you push off the desk and head to the door, slipping back through to leave him alone while he chews absently.Ā
Alone, Minho realizes the importance of accepting food from you without second-guessing it. He slows his chewing, contemplating about that.Ā
Minhoās relationship with you is like a good weapon - uncomplicated, refined, and trustworthy. Your tech has never failed him, youāve always been reliable for a fast turnaround time or understanding of what heās asking for, and youāve never sold information about him.
Ever. He had tried to buy information from you on himself through multiple channels and pseudonyms just to see if you would, but heād been met with steely silence each time.Ā
He eats with a little more enthusiasm as he realizes he does trust you. Youāre as steadfast as the guns you build, and there is a confidence in that that he can at least resonate with.
Examining the contents of the blue liquid, he realizes itās electrolytes and mineral compounds. As he takes long gulps, he realizes he feels infinitely better already, senses sharp, aches a little less terrible, and his headache is gone entirely. Heās not at a hundred percent, but heās a hell of a lot better than if he had waited around for his next Collection.Ā
When he finishes, he crumbles the trash together and tosses it into the incinerator. He hears the fire hiss as it destroys the waste and sends the fumes somewhere to be turned into energy.Ā
In the main part of your lab, Minho spots you. He hesitates in the hall for a moment, watching you play with his watch. Movement in the corner of the room makes him tense up, hand going to the knife in his boot. He realizes itās just Jeongin sliding across the room on a rolling chair, pushing away from his computer to examine what youāre doing.
Minho only relaxes marginally. Heās still getting used to seeing your apprentice in your workspace, and though the youth is excitable and intelligent, Minho refuses to let Jeongin near any of his builds. The trust heās established with you over the last three years does not extend to apprentices heās only known for a few months, no matter how much you trust them.
You trust the Nightcrawler too, and Minho cannot fathom why.Ā
As though sensing you on the edge of the room, you turn and look at him over your shoulder. The corner of your mouth lifts up and you beckon him eagerly before hunching over whatever youāre working on again. He strolls over, crossing his arms over his chest to lean against your worktable on the other side of you, eyeing Jeongin on your other side.
āHello, Collector. How are you today?ā Jeongin asks politely, giving Minho a smile that touches his eyes.
Minho says nothing. You elbow him sharply in the ribs and he coughs, clutching his stomach as he mumbles, āFine, you?ā
āDoing great, thanks! This piece of tech is a marvel.ā
āMy watch?ā
It is his watch. A green light flashes on the underside of the face, the bio scanner that connects with the one with his neck to monitor his nervous system. You push the watch toward him and he carefully picks it up, brushing his thumb across the cool, glass screen.
An interface lights up again. He canāt figure out whatās so special until you gesture for him to put it on. It fits nicely, the perfect size. As he slides it into place and looks at the watch face, a diagram of thin body armor comes up, spinning. Except it looks different than the diagram that heās used to, giving you a questioning look. You point to the corner of the room at a mannequin.
He walks over to it, cocking his head to the side as he stops in front of it. Itās far different from the armored shirt he wears. The contraption is equal parts ribcage and the thorax of a spider. The material looks like leather but feels hard to the touch like metal.Ā
Skirting his fingers to the hem, he bends the bottom of the shirt, watching as it flexes easily. It makes no sense to him how something could be so hard and flex immediately. If he were to guess, whatever the cloth is made from is a newer technology than he has access to. Perhaps more bio-engineered spider web.Ā
Minhoās fingers skirt inside of it, brushing across a strange, prickling fabric. It doesnāt hurt, but he brushes his fingers back and forth, rubbing the material between his fingers. Itās abrasive, but he canāt imagine what it is.
Blue flashes on the diagram on the watch. He pauses and presses his fingers to the needle-thin fabric. The watch flashes again and lines of color light up on the diagram, showing his nervous system in different, complex colors. He raises his brows. Itās far more sophisticated than what he came in with.
āThe needles,ā he calls, not taking his eyes off the contraption. āDo they connect with me?ā
āYes. When you put it on, it syncs with your biochemistry.ā You get up and walk toward him. āYou wonāt even feel them. Theyāre the smallest on the market right now, and incredibly accurate. They use them in military armor to report back live health reports and status during enfighting. Theyāre more accurate than the sensors lined in your last one.ā
āWhatās the point, though?āĀ
You reach out and tap the watch. He watches curiously as a series of icons pop up, each a different color. āInside of this,ā you instruct, tapping the hard shell, āIs a series of chemical compounds. When you have on the armor underneath your shirt, you can tap to inject what you need. The needles donāt push deep, but theyāre high-grade enough to break the barrier needed to disperse the compounds.āĀ
Minho looks up at you, silent. You donāt notice his trepidation, carrying on as you go into salesperson mode, explaining everything. āBlue is elektrolytes,ā you instruct, pointing to it. āGreen is a chemical compound of cortisol and adrenaline. Yellow is endorphins and an incredibly high-dose painkiller.ā
āAnd purple?ā
āJump,ā you deadpan. āBut a compounded version Jeongin and I have worked on that lasts longer with less damaging effect. You should be able to sleep easier after using it. And you wonāt need several JumpPacks a day to keep going. I can give you refills too, since itās non-addictive.ā
Minho stares. āWhat?ā
āWhat part didnāt you get?ā
āThis is for me?ā You scowl but he immediately notices the way you divert your eyes. You glance up at the ceiling, shifting from foot to food. āThis is worth a million United Credits at least. I canāt afford it.ā
āDo you see a price tag?ā
āYou canāt give me this for free.āĀ
āOf course I can. Itās just a prototype, so if it accidentally malfunctions and sends all injection options to your body at once and kills you, wellā¦ā You shrug. āAt least you didnāt pay me. Consider yourself a test subject. Iāve never integrated the needle network into armor before. I donāt have the builds the military uses, just intel. I had to do it from scratch, so it might not work. Your current armor doesnāt protect you from plasma. This does.ā
Minho doesnāt buy your bullshit for two seconds. He knows you wouldnāt give him this if it would risk killing him. For all your jesting and affectation, Minho has learned how to read you pretty well, and the way you blow him off and scoff tells him everything he needs to know.Ā
It is a favor and a gift, and a new sort of olive branch that he is unsure how to accept or take from you. Taking this gift worth more than his entire salary complicates things.
Did you make this specifically for him? Heās not sure. But the fact that he wants the answer to be yes is worse than anything else he can think of.Ā
Minho has peers. Youāre a peer. Always have been. Anything else would complicate the simplicity of the relationship, and Minho immediately steps back and removes the watch. You watch him with razor-sharp intelligence, drinking him in as he holds out the watch to you.Ā
āThe one I have is sufficient enough, Builder.āĀ
You snatch the watch from him, pivoting on your heel and walking with a ramrod-straight spine back to the table. For a second he thinks youāre going to kick him out but then you take a breath and melt into a smile, though a little sharp at the edges and not reaching your eyes.
āFixed the connection. I also reinforced it again. Give me a moment to sync to your old armor.āĀ
Old armor. As if the new one is still his. His stomach flips and he grimaces.Ā
The affectation in your voice makes Minho uncomfortable. He doesnāt move, watching you tap viciously against the screen on your work desk. Jeongin spins a pen in his hand, glancing between the two of you nervously. When he notices Minho glaring at him, he grins awkwardly and pushes his chair behind one of the clear screens, his face distorted by blue lettering and diagram.
Wordlessly, you hand him the watch and turn away when he takes it. You say nothing else, moving on to a different project as Minho delicately picks up the shirt. He slides it over, feeling the warmth seep into his cool skin. He meticulously pulls the hardness with weapons on, followed by his jacket.
Fully dressed, he waits for you to say something. He doesnāt know what he expects - or wants - you to say. But he pauses anyway, eyes on your bent shape. His gaze flits to your hands, delicate fingers typing wildly, tense as you wait for him to leave.Ā
It feels like a stone has sunk to the bottom of Minhoās stomach. He doesnāt move for a few minutes, torn between walking out and preparing for his next Collection and staying toā¦ what? He doesnāt know. He has no idea what to say or do, but he feels the palpable shift in your mood.Ā
So Minho chooses the easiest option. He nods to himself and heads toward the exit. You donāt spare him a second glance but he certainly looks at you out of the corner of his eye. Your jaw is clenched and you tap with a ferocity that thinks might shatter your desktop interface.Ā
As soon as the door opens, Minho is drowning in thumping base and synth again. Hyunjin leans on the stool, this time with his back against the wall and his glittering eyes focused on Minho. Though the former Nightcrawler wasnāt in the room, Minho has a sneaking suspicion that Hyunjin knows everything that happens in the Builderās workshop.Ā
Hyunjinās smirk is all-knowing and Minho storms by him, hating him for it.Ā
Rain no longer falls from a dark sky. Opaque, charcoal skies stretch above him, lines of moving air traffic creating layers of latticework. Looking at the watch - which shows his normal armor once more - tells him it's in the early morning hours now.Ā
The streets are not as busy as the night before. There are still glaring advertisements and he spots a group of cloaked United Church members walking around to accept alms and recruit, but the energy is muted outside of the clubs and pleasure houses.Ā
Morning commuters fill the speed train tunnels. United Travel Agents lurk in the crowd, watchful eyes on anyone causing trouble or trying to double up on the scanners as travelers pass through, machines charging their United Credits as they go.Ā
Minho falls into the dull buzz of morning travel. Glancing at his watch, he knows he has enough time to go home and change. He likes to receive his calls while heās at home anyway. He tries not to replay the last conversation between the two of you. The offer youād made him. The meaning behind it, whatever it may be.Ā
Itās nearly impossible, but he manages. Especially once he gets into his apartment, sinking into the routine of showering, changing, and sliding back into his clothes like a second skin. As soon as he reties his boots, his watch begins to ring.Ā
āReceiving,ā he answers, straightening up.Ā
āCollection echo-tango-foxtrot-bravo has been assigned to Collector 102598. You have five United Hours to complete your Collection.ā
āCollection accepted.āĀ
The line goes dead. Minho slides his weapons into their holsters, then pulls on his rain jacket. It always rains in the city, like God is weeping for what he has become.
Any work is good work.Ā
Minho leaves the apartment to take another life.Ā
-
The water runs red in Minhoās shower. He stares it for a while, hot water rushing down his neck, shoulders and back in rivulets. It turns pink the longer he stares, the wound on his leg bleeding less and less.Ā
The irony is not lost on him that if he had accepted your gift, he might not have taken a gnarly hunting knife to the thigh. He was lucky that it was an energy weapon, the blade cauterizing the wound immediately. Heād had to pick the wound back open to flush out the dead, burned skin and pour burning antiseptic on it.
Shifting, Minho examines the wound. Pain blooms in his thigh as he turns, making him suck in a sharp hiss. The wound is to the bone. He knows heās lucky it was not a well-made weapon, the ion pulse too weak to sever his limb. Still, itās a deep wound and it would surely fuck him up if he didnāt have the next twenty-four hours to himself.Ā
If the knife had been one of yoursā¦
A pulse of frustration echoes through him. He presses his closed fist to the old tile of the shower wall, feeling the dissonance between the scalding water and cool tile steady him. His knuckles are sore from the last Collection - which had gone wrong in every way possible - and heās brutally aware of just how much everything hurts.Ā
Yet the ache isnāt what bothers him. His Collection target getting the jump on him from inside intel isnāt what bothers him. Minho has had that happen enough times that he no longer feels surprised when a Collection knows heās coming.
What fucking bothers him is the ripple effect of his rejection of your offer made.Ā
Minho shuts off the water and steps out the water carefully. He can barely put weight on the leg, gritting his teeth as he grabs a towel and hobbles out of the bathroom, the steam billowing out into the tiny apartment and dissipating.Ā
Blue neon lights from the shop across the way burn in his window. He hardly needs to turn the lights on in his own home to see in the dark, the ever-present glow of blue guiding the way.Ā
Carefully, he sits on his bed. Another pulse of pain from the wound makes him shiver and take several deep, steadying breaths. He peels back the towel at the waist, revealing a single, thick thigh with a horrible cut right in the meat of it.Ā
āFuck,ā he whispers. Walking around has made it bleed again, scarlet trickling toward the towel.Ā
Trying not to disturb the wound, he reaches for the medical kit under the bed. The metal is cool to the touch as he flips the latches, rummaging around the bandages, antiseptics, and gels until he finds what heās looking for.
Minho takes the single, long syringe and uncaps it with his teeth, spitting the cap on the floor somewhere. He flicks his hand a few times, holding it up to make sure there are no bubbles in the vial. Holding his wound carefully with one hand and with the syringe in the other, he inserts the needle deep into the flesh, the sting minor compared to the throbbing ache the cut itself emanates.Ā
The compound burns as he injects himself. He clenches his teeth, pushing down on the plunger with steady pressure. He can already feel the numbness spreading in his leg as the local anesthesia takes root. He knows heāll be itching when it wears off, the tiny nanobots working to stitch the muscle and tissue back together already making his skin crawl.Ā
DeepStitch is an expensive thing to have. He pulls the syringe out carefully, glancing at the medical kit. It only came with one, meaning he was going to have to replace the vile. Medical compounds made for healing abnormal wounds cost a fortune, especially the type with micro-technology to assist the process.Ā
Tossing out the empty syringe, Mingo lays on his bed, uncaring if heās damp and in a towel. The numbness in his thigh spreads, making him shiver. He tries not to think about the fact that there are thousands of microscopic bots working on internally stitching his muscles an tendons as quickly as they can before the blood in his body deteriorates them.
The medical advancement of this world is beyond Minho, but heās grateful for it as he drifts in a half-sleep. He finds it harder to sleep after using JumpPacks, his body unable to adjust from the constant state of false energy and adrenaline.Ā
It makes him think about your stupid fucking offer again. A piece of armor that could sync with him and balance his hormones and chemical compounds at the tap of a wrist. Something that high caliber for a low-level contract killer was beyond him.Ā
There was crazy, and then there was that.Ā
Minho wonders if youāve been charging him fairly, suddenly. Heās always thought the weapons and tech you provide him with were good prices. They were well-made but always within his budget, albeit he stopped looking at what you were billing him a long time ago. Now that he knows youāre willing to offer something that heād only find on a United Praetor in the military, he wonders if youāve been cutting him deals.
Heās never asked the others. Changbin and Jisung seem friendly with you, enough to make Minho wary about asking them questions. Though theyāre the closest things that Minho has to friends, he doesnāt trust them whenever it comes to you.Ā
Jisung already thinks itās sweet that Minho is nice to you, and he hates that. Even if itās true.Ā
Time fades away as Minho circles his conversation with you over and over again. He examines every moment of it. When he can surmise nothing else of the interaction but you offering an olive branch of friendship, something a step beyond peers, he goes back to all of his other interactions.
He remembers almost every one of them.Ā
Minhoās memory is fine-tuned. It has to be in his line of work. But the memories of you are particularly sharp. Heās able to recall the way you always poke fun at him to the exact line of his tolerance, the way you always know how to get in a good jibe without actually pissing him off. The way that you let Jisung and Changbin have it in front of him for his benefit, especially after theyāve irritated him, like youāre giving him a gift or saying Iām on your team.Ā
Thoughts of you ultimately lead to other things like the way your eyes reflect the blue light of your many screens. Or the way you always smell like jasmine and amber. The way you pull your sleeves over your hands in sweater paws because itās bitter cold in your studio to avoid explosions and corrosion of items. The way the nickname Cowboy runs so smooth off your tongue, making his toes curl.Ā
Minhoās fingers twitch when he thinks about brushing the backs of his knuckles against your soft skin. Heās thought about it before and immediately cringed at the fantasy. Now, between exhaustion clinging to him and the numb limb, he doesnāt jerk away at the idea.
He finally falls asleep thinking of you and what it would be like to accept that olive branch.Ā
-
The ringing of Minhoās watch wrenches him from sleep. He sits up straight in bed, gasping and hand shooting toward the nightstand where thereās a draw with one of his guns. He realizes that his wrist is vibrating and when he looks at the screen, he sighs with equal parts tension and regret as he realizes itās work calling.Ā
Fuck. He slept for almost twenty hours straight.Ā
Clearing his throat, he answers. āReceiving.āĀ
āCollection romeo-echo-alpha-delta-echo-romeo has been assigned to Collector 102598. You have five United Hours to complete your Collection.ā
Information flashes on Minhoās watch and he feels the world disappear from underneath his feet. Your name, age, permanent place of residency address, and anything the government has both legally and illegally obtained flashes before him. Heās never even seen your full name before and there it is, glowing on his watch as he stares at the information.
It feels obscene to know any of this. He flicks his wrist, turning off the display. He doesnāt want to see any of it, doesnāt want to see when you were born, doesnāt want to see what ward you pay taxes in, doesnāt want to know your criminal history.Ā
Minhoās ears are ringing. The Delegator does not confirm that Minho has heard or received the assigned target for Collection. Minho stares at the wall, his vision blurring at the edges as the name - your name - echoes in his mind over and over again. He hears it at the same rhythm as his pounding heart, pumping blood through his system as his watch flashes a high heart rate warning.Ā
Your name. Your full government name and ID number. Heās only ever known your first name, but youāve always been Builder to him anyway. Minho canāt remember if heās ever said your name, and suddenly he wants to. He wants to know what it sounds like shaped by his mouth, what it tastes like on his tongue. Wants to say it so many different ways, laughing, smirking, sighingāĀ
Three years and he canāt believe heās never so much as said your name, and now that very name is on his list to kill.Ā
Indecision roots his feet to the spot. This isnāt like a Reverse Collection where other hitmen try to kill him and he can get away with killing them instead, clearing his name for a little longer. This is a direct and finite order to eliminate you. There is no alternative to this Collection.Ā
Irreversible.Ā
Running his hands through his hair, he looks around his apartment. It looks unlived-in and completely impersonal. Just like the impersonal way he calls you Builder, as though not using your fucking name makes it more sterile. As if it keeps you further away from earning his trust.
Which you have earned. Implicitly. Minho can think of no one else he would let take care of him. That he would sleep or eat in the presence of. That he trusts not to kill him in his sleep while heās unarmed.Ā
Now heās supposed to murder you?
Bile turns in his stomach. He hears the ticking of the clock on the wall. Every second inches closer to the decision he has to make.
Will he or wonāt he?Ā
Minho grabs his gun from the nightstand and walks toward the door.
Heās only a few steps toward it when he realizes heās not dressed or prepared for whatever he is about to do - what is he about to do? He has no idea. All he knows is that he is dazed and his hands are starting to shake and his heart rate is climbing, his watch flashing a warning.Ā
The room begins to tilt as his breathing comes out in haggard breaths. He stumbles a little bit, the blood pumping through him roaring in his ears. He belatedly realizes heās having a panic attack, blindly trying to get back to his bed where he can sit.Ā
What does one do during a panic attack? He has no idea, heās never had one. He thinks of the last time he saw someone panic and immediately bends over to put his head between his knees, gulping air through his nose and out through his mouth.Ā
What was it that Jisung said about panic?
Itās hard to remember. He thinks maybe there was counting involved, so he breathes in for seven seconds and then out for seven seconds. Does it again. And again.Ā
Slowly, the world swims back into focus. He can feel the twinge in his thigh as he comes down from the momentary lapse of panic and judgment. When he trusts that heās not going to vomit on his bare feet, he slowly sits upright, looking around the neon-blue room.Ā
Quiet blankets the apartment. The world outside is faint. He can hear the clock on the wall as the minute hand moves, each marking the passing of a United Second. With a deep breath, he moves.Ā
There are no thoughts as he goes. His mind is a single list of action items, marketing them off as he goes. Get dressed. Check his weapons. Arm himself to the teeth with things youāve made him. Message Jisung a cryptic, one-word text that only the other Collector will understand. Arm a bomb. Leave.Ā
Itās clinical.Ā
Minho had always understood with absolute clarity the reality of his line of work. Heās always had a failsafe - or a killswitch, so to speak. From the first day of work, Minhoās only purpose was to kill until he died. He was always meant to die. And he tells himself that the single, little safe space he has in the world he started saving forā¦ well. If you ever needed it.
Any work is good work.Ā
Clouds hold in their rain. The night feels ominous. Minho glances up at the choked clouds, wondering what theyāre up to. The Ministry of Weather controls the atmosphere in some parts of the city. Minho does not travel in those parts of the city - those assassinations are beyond the abilities of a Collector and reserved for Nightcrawlers.Ā
Paranoia is imminent, but Minho tries not to look over his shoulder every five seconds. The mysterious nature of Collect Co. is still something he doesnāt understand, so itās difficult to unravel the nature of his assignment. Without a doubt, whoever placed Minho as the Collector knows you supply his weapons.
That simple fact branches out into multiple possibilities. Perhaps the person who wants you gone simply thinks Minho is the best person for the job because heās in your tentative circle of trust and a familiar enough face to slip through youāre defenses. Or perhaps the problem is him and they know he wonāt complete the Collection, earning a job termination and his name showing up on the Collection list.Ā
Either way, itās on purpose. Of that, he knows for sure.Ā
From his years working for Collect Co., there are only a few things that Minho is sure about. Delegators do exactly what their title suggests - they delegate kills. Callers are a tier above Delegators, calling the shots working the network of requests that come in for contracted kills. Legals do all of the paperwork and research before agreeing to a contract, and at the very top of the chain is the Floorman.Ā
Beyond that, Minho has no concept of the hierarchy or who is hiring Collect Co. for jobs. There are obvious manipulations to the system and itās impossible to work objectively within a private company that works with but not for the government, and Minho has little doubt that the financial benefactors are who really control assignments.Ā
Which leads him back to the root of the question: why you? Is Minho the problem, or do you have enemies so large that they hold sway in Collect Co. He doesnāt consider that your deeds are nefarious enough to warrant a hit. What you do is illegal but you sell to the military, too.Ā
So it begs the question: is it you or him who they really want gone?Ā
Maybe itās even a combination.
Still, he attempts not to seem paranoid. Itās easier than it should be, Minhoās mind so singularly focused on getting to you as he takes the train and traves to North Ward Three that he doesnāt have time to look around every corner or see if heās being followed. There are other ways of keeping tabs on him, anyway.Ā
The rain still holds as Minho gets off the speed train and ducks into the street. He keeps to the sides, activating his ad blocker as heās immediately slammed by a screaming neon world. His gaze and gait must be sharper than he realizes, because people veer away from him, his energy repelling them.
From the corner of his eye, he notes Watchers - people responsible for keeping an eye on whatās going on in the street for their employer - take note of him. Some melt into the doorway of their workplace, and others call for runners.
Trouble. Minho looks like trouble and he can sense the shift as they catch wind of him.Ā
The Watchers are no threat to him. Their entire purpose is to close the doors and pull back when they catch a sense of danger in the air. Theyāll stay out of his way and wonāt engage with him unless he threatens their clubs and shops.Ā
Minho has little intention of doing that. He wants to make this as painless as possible.Ā
Neon Rodeo burns like a dying sun. The orange falls over him as he jogs down the steps and lets the guards scan him. If they notice anything is off, they say and do nothing. Neon Rodeo is perhaps the only business without a Watcher, and itās only because no one would dare interrupt the business with the Nightcrawler inside.Ā
Synth rattles Minho from the ground up as he steps inside. The cowboy hats and their little smiling faces float like phantoms in the night. He only has a singular goal and he looks at no one else as he heads towards the back, sidestepping sweaty bodies and perfumed hair.Ā
Itās full tonight, the weekend crowd packing the bar from corner to corner. Itās no matter. He cuts his way to the back where Hyunjin sits on a stool. Today, Hyunjinās hair is blood red and his eyes are sharp, unnatural green. For a moment, Minho thinks of a chameleon before Hyunjin kicks a leg out and blocks the hall leading to the door.Ā
āYour patronage has been terminated, Cowboy.āĀ
Minhoās heart flips. Are you that angry with him? He drinks in Hyunjinās dress and slowly his anxiety turns to understanding. Hyunjin is dressed in all black today. His shirt is armored and in place of pants with tassels are tactical trousers with pockets and weapons strapped to his thighs.
An assessment of the Nightcrawler tells Minho that there are weapons he doesnāt see. Thereās a plasma pistol on his hip, a bandolier of small knives strapped across his chest, knives in his boot, and another plasma pistol on this calf.Ā
Hyunjinās fingers drum against his thigh as he watches Minho with those unsettling eyes. āWant to try, Cowboy?ā
āI need to speak with her.ā
āNo.ā
āIām not-ā Minho grits his teeth. āIām not Collecting.ā
āDidnāt say you were.āĀ
Hyunjin knows. He doesnāt know how the Nightcrawler knows youāre a Collection on Minhoās list, but itās clear in the way Hyunjin leers.Ā
āLook, you can go in with me. Let me get her to safety.ā
āAnd what do you think safety is, Cowboy? Even if youāre not lying, theyāll come after you too.āĀ
āListne, Nightcrawler-ā
Hyunjin grins. Itās unnerving, and there isnāt much that unnerves Minho. āNo, you listen. I tolerate you because I am ordered to. Now, I donāt have to. My only orders were to say no and to not harm you.ā He leans back and spreads his hands and shrugs. The neon lights catch his blood red hair. āIām always within my right to make a judgment call.ā
āIād never hurt her.ā
āYouāre not friends, last I checked.ā Hyunjin cocks his head to the side. āYou donāt have friends, right? Thatās why you reject acts of faith?ā
āWhat do you know of acts of faith, Nightcrawler?āĀ
āYouād be surprised, Collector.āĀ
Hyunjin is unmoving. Minhoās fingers twitch and Hyunjinās eyes follow the movement. For a second, Minho wonders if he could beat his adversary to the draw. They could do it like an old fashioned movie, the bar the perfect setting for it. Hyunjin is totally unmoving and relaxed, not moving his hand toward his weapons.
Heās that confident in beating me.Ā
United Seconds are ticking by. Every minute Minho doesnāt make his collection is time lost. He licks his lips ready to mount another argument when Hyunjinās eyes flicker and look over Minhoās shoulders. His eyes narrow a fraction as they dart back to Minho.
āHereās an act of faith. Letās see what you do this time.āĀ
The energy in the bar shifts. He feels the tremor go through the air and the hair on the back of his neck stands on end. Minho turns his head to the side, not enough to fully look back over his shoulder but enough to see the group of Collectors disperse in the crowd.Ā
Both, Minho realizes. The Collection had been for them both, and it was a good excuse to get them in the same place. He grits his teeth as he realizes how predictable he is. They might have come even if he didnāt arrive, but they might have sent a smaller force.Ā
Glancing at Hyunjin, Minho watches as the Nightcrawler does nothing. He waits for Minho, raising his brows and smirking.Ā
Act of faith.Ā
Normally, Minho doesn't believe in public acts of violence. Collectors are mostly prohibited from killing in public or endangering the lives of United Republic Citizens unless entirely unavoidable.Ā
Now, though, he causes a scene and pulls his gun, swiveling around and leveling it at the nearest Collector he has a clean line of sight on. He feels the hum of the weapon and the click of the safety as he squeezes the trigger, the pulse of the weapon barely perceptible as it fires.Ā
Plasma weapons are bright when they fire. Itās nearly blinding in the dark as he shoots, screams shattering the bar as the world turns into pops of energy and sizzling air. He ducks down as someone shoots at him, instincts kicking in as he grabs the leg of a table and yanks it toward him.Ā
Behind him, Hyunjin lets out a manic laugh and stands from the stool. He drops a small device next to Minho, drawing his attention for a second. Minho watches as it expands with a shimmer of translucent energy - a shield. He looks at the Nightcrawler who crouches with him, grinning as he peers over the table and shields with his green eyes.Ā
āThere are eight. Theyāre just going to pin us here and shoot at us like fish in a barrel.ā
āIs there a way through that door?ā
āSure there is. If they want to melt it down, Iām sure they have plasma blades, judging from the look of their very nice weapons. They canāt blow it without leveling the street.āĀ
āDoes she have a way out the back?ā
āNo, then I would have two doors to watch.āĀ
A spray of metal and plasma ricochets off the shield that has molded to the shape of the table. Hyunjin gestures as if to showcase his point and Minho grits his teeth. Peeking around the table, he can see patrons hiding under tables and covering their heads. Collectors stand spread out, fanning the entrance and blocking the way, but they donāt come any closer.
They want to make the Collection, but they donāt want to face a Collector and a Nightcrawler together.Ā
āArenāt you some sort of unmatched assassin, Nightcrawler?ā Minho asks, checking the mag on his plasma gun. āCan you just take them all out? That should be light work for you.ā
āIām good at not being seen, Cowboy. Iām not inhuman.āĀ
āOh good, so youāre actually useless when visible?ā
Hyunjinās face darkens. āYouād be surprised how often you donāt see me.āĀ
The threat isnāt lost on Minho but it doesnāt have time to sink into its full effect as bullets rain down on them. They cringe together to ensure theyāre behind the shield, which whines under the plasma assault and flickers. Minho thinks it will hold, but itās only as wide as the table it molds to and the table isnāt very large.
Hyunjin reaches into his pocket and pulls out a grenade. Minho grabs it, looking at him with wild eyes. Hyunjin pulls his hand away. āItās a flash grenade,ā he snaps. āIām not going to kill everyone.ā He pauses and smirks. āI donāt do that anymore.ā
āThatās hardly less settling.ā
āYou know,ā Hyunjin muses, pulling the ring from the grenad. Green light pulses on it slowly, counting down until it starts to release blinding white flashes. āOne day you and I are going to have a talk about why you think your profession is so much different than mine.ā
āOne is legal, for starters.āĀ
Hyunjin lobs the grenade. āRight, so what youāre doing right now? This is legal?ā
Minho is spared from having to answer as the world explodes in white. He and Hyunjin move at the same time, letting the memory of where the Collectors stand as they close their eyes and shoot. Minhoās shot blind thousands of times and it usually pays off.
It does for the most part now, the pair of them dropping Collectors as they shoot. The white light fades and thereās only a single Collector left standing by the door, his gun aimed at Minho. He swivels to shoot, but a bullet hits the Collector in the shoulder, twisting him backward from impact as he squeezes the trigger of his gun.Ā
The shot catches Minho in the shoulder, knocking him back a step. He curses but keeps his weapon trained on the fallen Collector until he hears high-pitched screaming. It stops his heart, the sound of the Collectorās voice reaching a level of madness that echoes even after he gargles and goes silent.
Minho looks at Hyunjin with an accusatory glare but Hyunjin juts his thumb behind him in answer, pointing to where you stand at the door with a heavy pistol in your and. Minho blinks a few times in surprise.Ā
āI think the nano-tips work, Jeongin.ā You glance over your shoulder where the younger boy stands on the stairs behind you, armed to the teeth. āRemind me to write that down.āĀ
Silence stretches in Neon Rodeo, save the soft quivering crying and sparking sign thatās been shot over the bar. From the corner of his eye, Minho sees it flash between Rodeo and Odeo over and over again, bouncing between the two words as the āRā tries to fight for its life.
Then thereās you.Ā
You stare at him with a guarded expression, drinking him in. Your gaze lingers on his arm, reminding him that it does in fact burn where the plasma bullet graze his shoulder. Next to him, Hyunjin shifts. The Nightcrawler barely moves forward, sliding part of his body between Minho and where you stand in the doorway to your studio, Hyunjinās hand resting on top of his gun.Ā
āYou gonna kill me, Cowboy?ā Your voice wavers when you ask. By the twitch in your lip, Minho can tell youāre upset that it does.Ā
āNo. I want to help.ā Hyunjin snorts and Minho is reminded of his earlier question. What do you think safety is? āConsider it an act of faith,ā Minho offers and Hyunjinās snickering turns to curiosity. āIāve rejected yours in the past. Let me off you the only one I have.āĀ
No one moves. Minho slowly lifts his wrist toward Hyunjin, displaying the information. The Nightcrawler looks it over and raises his brows, looking back at Minho. āWhat strange turn of events, Minho.āĀ
Itās the first time Hyunjin has ever used his name. He says nothing as the Nightcrawler heads over to you, murmuring quietly. Your face is inscrutable as you nod and look over your shoulder, saying something to Jeongin. He nods fiercely, face set in determination that makes Minhoās mouth twitch a little.Ā
The three of them join Minho wordlessly as he turns on his heels and heads up the stares. Hyunjinās watch flashes and lets them know that the United Enforcers are three minutes out and they need to get where theyāre going.
You take the lead then, hurrying out the door but not out into the street, ducking into a noodle shop three doors down from Neon Rodeo. You shout in United New Mandarin at the woman behind the counter, shocking him - not that Minho knows anything about you at all - and the woman waves you off.
Through the shop and into the stock room you lead everyone, hoping over bags of flower and starch until you reach a table that you climb up on and pull a vent from a ceiling. Itās far too large to be a normal vent, and his questions are answered when he realizes it leads to a small garage that faces the next street over.Ā
Once into the garage, Hyunjin takes the lead out into the street, weapon up. Minho brings up the rear, falling into a defensive unit as you go. Jeongin walks closely behind Hyunjin, his steps a little clumsy but his head on a swivel.Ā
Good, Minho thinks. Jeongin is alert.Ā
āDecided not to kill me?ā you whisper as you skirt out into the street and hug the building face.Ā
Minho can barely hear you over the fabric youāve pulled up over your face. He blinks and thinks to do the same, pulling the hood up on his jacket and sliding up a black gaitor over the lower half of his face.Ā
āI was never going to kill you.ā
āHard to tell with you.āĀ
āIā¦ donāt have an argument.āĀ
And he doesnāt. He realizes that heās kept you at arm's length despite your best attempts to spark some sort of friendship. What reason could he do that other than sparing himself if he had to kill you one day? It makes the most logical sense.
āI thought we were friends.ā That makes him pause. You notice a few steps ahead of him that heās stopped, looking at you. āWe stopped being just business acquaintances over a year ago, Collector. My normal clients donāt get to test my new hardware or request as many JumpPacks as you do on the house.ā
āTheyāre on the house?ā
āOf course they are!ā you snap at him. āDo you not look at your billing, Collector? How do you know Iām not overcharging you?āĀ
āI stopped looking once I trusted you werenāt robbing me.ā
āSee, thatās a funny word coming from you. Trust.ā
A whistle catches Minhoās attention. You both turn to see that Hyunjin and Jeongin are nearly three-blocks away at the entrance of a nondescript shop. Color floods Minhoās face when he realizes the pair of you had stopped walking to have your argument and he curses himself as you start moving again.Ā
āI do trust you.ā You say nothing to his comment. āIām sorry I didnāt accept the armor.ā
āIt wasnāt about rejecting the armor, Collector.ā The world Collector sounds dirty in your mouth. He suddenly wants to hear you call him Cowboy again. āIt was about rejecting me when I thought we were already friends. I was wrong.ā
Hyunjin leads them down into an alleyway that is void of anything besides dumpsters and murky puddles. The smell turns Minhoās stomach but he resists the urge to gag as Hyunjin bends down to pull up a sewer grate. He flashes his flashlight inside and nods before jumping down and vanishing. Thereās a light splash as he lands and calls up for Jeongin.Ā
Minho crouches close to you as Jeongjin adjusts to follow Hyunjin down.Ā
āYou werenāt,ā he says as Jeongin jumps. You turn to look at him, confused. āWrong. You werenāt wrong.āĀ
You look him up and down, hesitating. Hyunjin calls your name and you turn away from Minho, checking your legs and arms to make sure your pockets are zipped. Minho watches as you jump. He realizes his holding his breath until he hears your feet splash.
Quickly, he scrambles to the grate, pulling the top with him. Looking through the hole, he sees the orange light of glowsticks as you and Jeongin crack and shake them, lighting up the tunnel in a very small ring of light. Hyunjin has turned off his flashlight and looks up at Minho, gesturing for him to hurry.
Minho holsters his weapon and jumps down, bending at the knee as he lands to absorb the fall. His boots splash loudly in the tunnel, echoing for a few seconds. His shoulder wound aches as he straightens up. Hyunjin is already lifting Jeongin up to pull the great back over the hole. The scrape of metal on the concrete sounds much louder in the watery tunnel, making Minho cringe.
Looking both ways, he sees the sewer is less of a sewer and more of a tunnel. The cloth pulled over his face does little to keep out the rancid smell, and he winces when he sees fat, black rats scattering on the edges of the orange light.Ā
Something touches his arm and he jerks, hand going to his gun. You lean back and apologize, holding out a glowstick. He relaxes and takes it, fingers brushing yours as he does. He instantly gets a chill down his spine, though his fingers are warm where they brushed yours.Ā
Minho clears his throat and holds the glowstick up, looking around the tunnel. He can hear the faint echoes of dripping water and every movement of the group feels loud in the pressing silence of the dark.Ā
āWhat is this?ā he asks, looking at you.Ā
Itās Hyunjin who answers, āNightcrawler shit. Youāre welcome.ā
āShould we expect any of your former coworkers, then?āĀ
āTheyāre not so bad.ā Hyunjin unholsters his weapon as he begins walking south down the tunnel, throwing Minho a sharp grin. āItās the Darklings I worry about.āĀ
You fall into step behind Hyunjin immediately, ducking your head to murmur something to him as you go. The glow of your light gets farther away as Minho stands staring at Hyunjin, unsure if heās serious or not.Ā
Jeongin steps up next to Minho. āHe was joking about Darklings, right? The People Underneath are a myth?āĀ
āHave you ever heard Hyunjin tell a joke?āĀ
Minho leaves Jeongin thinking about it before the younger rushes to keep up with him, feet splashing wildly.Ā
-
Whether Hyunjin was joking about the Darklings or not, they donāt run into anything except rats and roaches in the underground tunnels. Minho finds himself itching to ask the Nightcrawler questions and demand where theyāre going, but he doesnāt,Ā
An act of faith.Ā
It was an act of faith when Minho showed Hyunjin the safehouse on his watch. It was one of the few things that Minho protected more fiercely than his life, and he was hoping that when Hyunjin saw the coordinates, title of ownership, and Minhoās information, heād gain a little trust.Ā
Minho had been right. Hyunjin, though still sharp at the edges, has become unnervingly benign with Minho, addressing him by his name. Itās not much to most, but he knows among killers itās a huge step. One that means a little more trust, if not at least peers.Ā
You remain quiet for the most part. Your eyes stray toward Minho often and when he catches you looking, you donāt look away. Your gaze is hesitant and questioning, as though youāre trying to figure him out like one of the schematics on your screens.Ā
Biting into a protein bar, he quickens his pace to fall into step with you. āWhat will you do with your lab?āĀ
Your lips twitch. āChemical fire. Thereās a stop-line in the frame of the building so it should be controlled. I promised not to burn down Neon Rodeo when I established my office there.āĀ
āWho owns that place, anyway?āĀ
āBangchan.ā The name sounds familiar. āReformed Nightcrawler.āĀ
āYou keep unusual company.ā
āBetter than none.āĀ
That gets a little bit of a laugh from him. You smile when he does and he swears itās brighter than the glowsticks you carry. āI deserved that one. Iām working on it, alright.ā
āHow do Jisung and Changbin deal with you?ā
āThe same way I deal with them.ā You hum, nodding in understanding. For a few minutes, itās just wet steps echoing in the tunnels. āWhat made you decide to come with me? I assume you have your own fallback plans.āĀ
āI do, but I donāt know. I wanted to accept your olive branch.ā You look at him. āI wanted to trust you.ā
He nods. His gut twists a little at that, both anxious and pleased. Heād been right about offering an act of faith in return for the one he scorned. Now, he just has to keep you alive, which he grows more confident in doing.Ā
āWhere are we going?āĀ
He looks up at you. āHyunjin didnāt tell you?ā
āNo, just said to trust you.ā Minhoās brows shoot up and you snort. āI know. Whatever you showed him convinced him.ā
āItās a safe house on Isla de Suenos.ā You look up at him sharply and he gives a soft grin. āMy mother belonged to a very well-off family. Iām not supposed to exist, and she had to decide at a young age whether or not I was worth throwing away her family and their power. A single safehouse purchased with offshore accounts and through a network of money-changing and bought secrecy is the only thing she could give me.ā
āShe didnāt choose you?ā He shakes his head. You think about that for a second and he lets the words sink in, waiting for the pity, which he hates. Instead, you hum. āNo wonder you donāt choose people either.ā
Your candor is a relief. You donāt tell him sorry or try to comfort him. You accept this as a fact of life, a normalcy that a mother would choose wealth and power over a child. āThere are no records tying us together, but the title of the house is under what my name would have been if sheād taken me. Lee. My family name would be Lee.ā
āWhat is it now?ā
āI donāt have one. My father was servant-class. We donāt have family names.āĀ
āHe worked for your motherās family?ā Minho nods. āLee. I like it. Will you keep it?ā
āMaybe. Itās who I have to be, now.āĀ
āNo longer the Collector?ā He shakes his head. āGood. Perhaps I like you more as just Lee Minho.āĀ
Minho bites back a grin.Ā
By the time they get to the surface again, theyāre just outside of the city-proper on the northeast shore. Here, the night is bitter cold as the salty air blasts off the ocean, dark waves rushing and receding against the shoreline.Ā
They take a brief break once their topside, Minho gasping deep breaths of fresh air in as he gulps down water. Now that they can see without the glowsticks, they toss them into the trash and breathe in silence.Ā
Carefully, Minho peers at the wound on his shoulder. Itās caterized from the heat of the plasma, but the burn hurts something vicious. He has no medical supplies on him, and he examines the chawed flesh with mild concern.Ā
Seeing the injury, you get up wordleslly from the rock where you sit and come over. Your hand digs in one of your pockets and you produce a packet of burn gel and antiseptic, wordlessly gesturing to the wound. He nods and you offer a tentative grin before ripping the antiseptic open with your teeth, spitting the crinkling material on the ground.
With steady hands, you squeeze out the translucent gel on the tips of your fingers and peel the damaged parts of Minhoās shirt away from the flesh. He sucks in a breath when you apply the cool gel to the wound, the stinging of the antibiotic catching him off guard. You shoot him an apologetic wince before continuing to press it lightly into the burned flesh.Ā
You smell like jasmine and amber. Minho breathes it in deep, a soothing scent mixed with the salty air of the seat just a few yards away. His eyes flutter shut as your fingers work his shoulder, deft and skilled like an artist.Ā
āMy mom liked to paint,ā Minho says automatically, unsure where the comment comes from. āThatās one of the few things I know about her. She had artists hands. You have hands like hers. Graceful.āĀ
āHmm, I wouldnāt say Iām an artist but I do draw designs for weapons a lot.ā
āItās a kind of art.ā
āI suppose it is.ā
Your closeness makes Minho dizzy. Instead of chasing you away in the past, he lets you linger and spread the burn gel on his shoulder. He doesnāt open his eyes, letting the sound of the ocean and the press of your steady fingers lull him into a moment of relaxation.Ā
He can almost pretend you both havenāt thrown your life away to head to some house heās never been to with little to no plan but to arrive there alive.Ā
āDoes it hurt?ā he shakes his head at your question. You voice is soft and raspy, rising the hairs on the back of his neck. Youāre so close he can feel the heat radiating from you, making him lean in on instinct, seeking the warmth. āIf you let me give you better armor, plasma wonāt hurt you.ā
Minhoās eyes flutter open. āYou brought it with you?ā
āOf course I did.ā Your face is inches from his, eyelashes fanning your bright, glittering eyes as you look up at him. āI donāt want you to get hurt.ā
Hyunjinās voice shatters the moment before Minho can respond. āHello, yes, the child and I are still here.āĀ
āIām not a child!ā
āThe child and I need to leave, however. Seungmin and Felix are waiting to escort us. I believe your friend left transportation for you, Minho.ā
You whirl around. āYouāre leaving? What do you mean youāre leaving?ā
āI have some Nightcrawling to do with Bangchan and Seungmin. Iām taking the child to stay with Swan.āĀ
Minho has no idea who Swan is. He sees the uncertainty color your face as you regard your guard - your friend. āYou would do that? Take him to stay with her?āĀ
āOf course. Swan likes strays.āĀ
āI am right here,ā Jeongin reminds everyone, crossing his arms over his chest. āAnd Iām not a child.ā
Hyunjin grins at him. Itās real and not a leer, something that Minho doesnāt think heās ever seen. Hyunjin grabs Jeongin by the shoulder, pulling him along before flicking his poison-green eyes toward Minho and you. āEnjoy your evening. Iāll be around, Minho.āĀ
āWait!ā you bolt over to them, catching everyone by surprise as you throw your arms around the two of them and squeeze. The smile on Hyunjinās face is so soft that Minho has to look away, equal parts something like jealousy and feeling like heās intruding. āHere.āĀ
You divest several items from your pockets, shoving them into their hands. Medical gels, a few gadgets, and a little Scorpion figurine that you shove into Hyunjinās hands. He raises a single brow in amusement but you say nothing to the Nightcrawler, rushing back to stand at Minhoās side.Ā
Hyunjin and Jeongin lift their hand in waves to Minho before turning and heading down the beach at a slow pace, their feet sinking into the sand. Cold wind whips at Minho as he stands watching with you silent by his side, waiting.
Without a word, he turns and beckons you, heading up the rocky coast before heading back down precariously to a tiny cove with a boat buoyed between the rocks. Itās hardly a safe-looking boat and he realizes it probably wouldnāt have carried them all, but itās something.Ā
Minho climbs into the boat carefully before helping you step down into it. The rocking water throws you off balance and he steadies you, hands tight on your waist. You mutter an apology but he doesnāt let go until heās sure youāre okay, eyes searching.Ā
A moment of tension passes, his fingers pressed into the fabric of your hips, your closeness overpowering the sea air again. You clear your throat and it passes. Minho lets you go as he finds the key and plugs it in to turn on the engine.
You busy yourself with untying ropes, your steps unsteady as the vessel moves unpredictably beneath your feet. Once you manage to get rid of all the lines, he begins to navigate out the cove backward, turning the wheel violently from side to side as he fights the tide.Ā
Thankfully with every swell that pushes the boat into the cove, it drags it back out. It takes about three swells before the craft is pulled into the ocean proper and he throws the throttle in reverse, water rooster tailing for a moment as he does.Ā
You join him at the helm and stand close as he turns it around and drives. Wind rips at his jacket, blowing back the hood. Heās thankful for the face cover fighting the icy wind, squinting as he drives in the late hours of the night across a rippling black ocean.Ā
The water gets rough as he turns to the east, glancing at the coordinates on his watch every once in a while. Your hand shoots out to grab his forearm on a particularly violent dip. He curses, pain radiating from his shoulder as you do. You immediately shout an apology and let go, but Minho snakes an arm around your waist, pulling you tight.
For a second, you stiffen, looking up at him uncertain. He remains steadfast in his hold, willing his heart to slowdown as he drives, determined to keep you from falling off the boat and into the water before you can even make it to the safehouse.Ā
You relax into him after a second, pressing closer and letting him hold on as you go. He relaxes when you accept his help, breathing out a slow breath that he didnāt know he was holding.Ā
It takes almost forty five minutes, but the dark shadow of Isla de Suenos materializes in the night. The city is a spec of light on the misty horizon as the waves begin to slow down until he can let down on the throttle, bringing the boat to a troll instead of a plane.Ā
The collection of islands that surround the massive, man-made mountain in the middle of the seat are all only about seven acres in size and are privately owned. The level of exclusivity is something Minho is incredibly unfamiliar with, and he gets nervous as they approach the barely visible shield surrounding the collection of islands.
āMinho, thereās a-ā
āItāll let us through.ā He squeezes your waist on instinct, hoping itās true. As the boat passes, he holds his breath. He feels the biochip in his neck flicker and then theyāre through the shield. The water is falt calm on the other side of the energy wall, tapping gently against the hull. āItās biometric.ā
āAnd you were sure that was going to work?ā
āMostly.āĀ
āMostly is not a great attitude in the invention field, Minho.āĀ
It takes a second, but he realizes youāre calling him by his name and not Cowboy. He likes the sound of it on your tongue, though he doesnāt mind the diminutive.Ā
Even in still waters, he doesnāt remove his arm around your waist, the protective instinct still high as he steers the boat according to his watch. Islands with lights hidden behind thick jungle and rockface slide past them.Ā
The beacon on his watch flashes and he turns the boat, trolling to a long, empty dock ahead of them. The island is no different from the rest, covered in sprawling jungle and foliage that look monstrous in the ominous night.Ā
Quickly, you tie off the boat and disembark. Your steps on the dock feel loud in the quiet night, the two of you hurrying along and up the shore until you hit the stone stairway that leads through the trees. Though he isnāt holding you close to him anymore, you still keep yourself pressed close, the back of your hands brushing as you begin the climb up the island.Ā
Minho has no idea what the house looks like. He only knows that itās coded to his biochip and that itās always been there if he needs it. He doesnāt know if itās stocked or if the electricity is on, or if itās been raided and taken over. He doesnāt even know if there are codes to get access.
It is the most unprepared he has ever been.Ā
A large estate springs up among the trees. The entire building is constructed on a platform with foliage and trees brushing along the foundations. Itās made up of windows and metal framing, the windows dark and hiding whatever exists within.Ā
It is exquisit. Minho has never seen an estate or a luxury home before in person, but he knows thatās what this is. The thought seems a little silly as he leads you toward the modular home, steps quiet as he glances around. He cannot imagine that anyone but he and his could enter the grounds, but heās still on edge.Ā
At the door, thereās a single bioscanner. He leans his neck toward it, letting it flash over his biochip. The scanner turns green and he hears the hiss of an airlock. Glancing at you and shrugging, he tries the handle and pulls the door open toward him.Ā
Inside, the air is cool. He steps in first, hand on his gun as he looks around the interior. Itās sparkling clean and decorated with dark wood furniture and greenery. He takes a few steps inside, flinching when automatic lights come on and cast a warm, gold glow in the house.Ā
āYouāve been living as a fucking Collector when this existed the entire time?ā you deadpan from the door.
No kidding, he thinks, turning to look at the multi-story wonder that is the home. Itās three levels of tropical opulence, making his head spin at all of the possibilities.Ā
āI didnāt know what was here, honestly.ā He turns to look at you and nods. You step inside and pull the door shut, tapping the screen beside it. The locks click in place again and with another tap, he sees the windows darken to privacy mode. āI assumed she didnāt leave me something grand.āĀ
āItās a good start on an apology. Sheās still a bitch for leaving you and I think you should let me fight her.ā
A ripple of fondness goes through him and he smiles at you, uncontrolled and large. You shoot a shy one back before looking away at the wonder of the home.Ā
Unlike him, you seem to relax immediately, kicking your shoes off to wander around the house. He follows suit after a moment of hesitation, peeling the cover off of his face and kicking of his shoes. He leaves his holster open on his weapons, hands hovering near them as he follows you.
The house is extravagent. Smaller than he originally thought, with only three bedrooms and two bathrooms, but the spaces for each are massive and sprawling with greenery. It feels like the jungle is a part of the house - and he realizes it is, at least in the atrium. Thereās a large pool and something that looks like a hot spring behind the house, hidden from the world by think palms and palmetto.Ā
Each room is richly designed and cleaned, as though it has been kept for him all this time. Heāll have to worry about that at some point, unsure who has kept the house in such a presentable state while itās existed.Ā
After youāve fed your curiosity, you drift to one of the rooms with a private bathroom. He takes the room across from you, feet dragging as the exhaustion hits him. His limbs feel heavy and peeling off his shirt with the injure arm makes him curse and hiss. He doesnāt bother looking in the mirror, knowing the old bruises from a few days ago are still there.
Steam fills the bathroom. Heās a little put out when he realizes that the stone shower has a wall of glass to reveal the jungle on the other side, but he realizes thereās no one to watch him. He shakes the uneasiness and steps under the scalding water, moaning as he closes his eyes and lets it run down him.
A screen with a dozen or more settings sits in the rockface of the shower, but he doesnāt know how to use them. He hits another button hoping for what is more water pressure and instead gets a heavenly waft of eucalyptus. He leaves the settings alone, settling for tranquility over scrubbing himself.
Minho doesnāt know how long he stays in the shower. His fingers prune and the crust and blood eventually peel away. He spends a short amount of time scrubbing his own skin, eager to get out of the shower and check on you.Ā
Now that he has you, a new sort of stream of conscious has made itself permanent, always wondering where you are and if youāre okay.Ā
Steam clouds the bathroom as he steps out, wrapping a towel around his waist. Water clings to him as he ruffles his wet hair, strolling out into the bedroom. He walks toward the table by the door, rifling through his things looking for medical gel.Ā
A knock draws his attention and you open the door a crack, making a sound of surprise when you donāt expect to see him standing right in front of you. Your eyes dip down to where the towel is on his waist and back up, immediately opting to look at the ceiling.Ā
Minhoās lips pressed into a firm line, trying to eat the smirk threatening to take over.
āSorry, I assumed you were still in the shower. I - um - brought more gel for your shoulder.āĀ
He steps away from the door, leaving drips of water as he does. āCome on in.ā
āAre you sure?ā
He shrugs and then winces, the burn pulling taught as he does. You enter immediately, shutting the door behind you and ripping the top off the packet as you do, eyes focused on the wound. Youāve got your fingers slathered in gel and pressing to his shoulder before you realize the forwardness, pausing to glance up at him.
Now, Minho does smirk. āIām at your mercy.āĀ
āSorry. I know itās hurting you andā¦ā
āYou donāt want me to hurt,ā he fills in, remembering your words from earlier.
You nod and chew your bottom lip as you work. He studies you closely. He doesnāt know if itās his acceptance that youāre more than just someone he buys weapons from, the exhaustion or the little sliver of feeling heās always pretended wasnāt there, but Minho suddenly feels a little bolder.Ā
A little braver.Ā
āI never had a chance to thank you.ā
āFor what?ā You throw the antiseptic on the table and rip open the burn gel. āAnything. Everything. I donāt think Iāve ever said thank you.ā
āThereās a lot of things you havenāt said.ā
āSo let me.ā You dart a look at him, nervous. When you donāt interrupt he continues, āYou were right. We stopped being industry peers a long time ago, and Iāve purposefully ignored multiple favors from you to keep the illusion that simple relationships meant I couldnāt be hurt. Or hurt others.ā
āAnd now?ā
āI realize it was silly.ā
āHmm. At least you admit your faults, Cowboy.āĀ
He smiles. You finish applying the gel, but you donāt move away from him. You linger, looking up through silky lashes at him. Your face takes on a dreamy look, mouth parted a little and he feels heat coil in his stomach at that look.Ā
āWhyād you offer me that armor?ā
āI was afraid of how often you were working. I knew you were getting hurt and I wanted to help. Whyād you reject it?ā
āI didnāt want to hurt you.ā
Thereās a long pause. Your gaze drops to his mouth. Youāre only a few inches away, the ghost of your breath against his neck. āWhat if I want you to?āĀ
Minho needs no other permission. Itās like a dam giving way, the past few days able to wedge their way in and open him up to let the rawness spill out of him. He surges forward, catching your mouth against his as he does so, hands shooting to your waist.Ā
You donāt push him away. Worse, you melt into him like itās natural, hands skating up his arms and around the back of his neck to pull him in closer to you. Your mouth is warm and minty and addicting, scattering his thoughts to the stars as your lips move against his.Ā
Heat is trapped between your bodies. He feels like heās burning up from the inside, squeezing your hips as his tongue brushes against your bottom lip. You open up for him easily, like you were always made to and he groans.Ā
Every time he has ever held back from you fuels him forward. He presses into you, turning you to push you on the mattress. You go willingly, opening your legs to let him slot between them. He leaves over you, mouth hungry. Devouring. Ravenous.Ā
You gasp between kisses, nails grazing down his flexing arms. He wants to fucking drown in you as he bites the edge of your jaw, tasting the soap on your skin. You smell like jasmine and amber, though now he can smell the eucalyptus too, driving him insane.Ā
You.Ā
The one thing heās let himself trust. The one person heās let in, even when he didnāt want to admit it. The one person he wants to have more than anything else.Ā
Greedy hands scrape up his chest. Your fingers are warm and searching as he nips the tender flesh of your neck, tongue laving over the bite to soothe it. The sounds dripping from your mouth are so pretty, driving him inside as he traces his desire with tongue and teeth.Ā
The fabric of your shirt scrapes against his skin, itchy and in the way. His hands pull at the hem and he hesitates, looking down at you through a heavy-lidded gaze and panting. You not frantically, hands pulling at his to guide the shirt upwards and off, revealing warm skin.
Minho wants to taste every part of you. You create art with your schematics and your weapons, but you are art. He worships you with tongue and teeth, hands brushing up your stomach to cup your chest. His tongue pulls a languid moan from you as he flicks it over the peak of your nipple.Ā
Fuck.
Heās greedy, sucking gentle on your pert bud, ensuring to scrap his teeth along the sensitive flesh. You writhe underneath him, unable to remain still. His other hand works you too, tweaking your stiff peak as he trails spit-slick kisses across your chest to wrap his lips around that nipple too.Ā
Minho looks up at you through his lashes. Youāre a rendering of pleasure, head pressing into the bed, chest pushed up, a sheen of sweat on your collarbones and neck. It drives him wild, cock throbbing heavily as he trails his mouth toward, fingers pulling your pants as he goes.Ā
Your fingers twist in the sheets. Everything he does affects you and heās drunk on it, heart thudding in his chest as he drops down to his knees. His towel falls and the cool air makes him shiver. He feels the sticky tip of his cock brush against his leg but he ignores the ache between his thighs, fixing his eyes on whatās between yours instead.Ā
Pretty and wet, all for him. For him. He gets to have you. But he doesnāt yet, making you wait and feel the personal hell itās been for him to pretend he wasnāt yours as he kisses up your thighs, licking warm skin and digging his teeth in.Ā
āMinho,ā you half gasp, half wine. He smiles against your knee, giving it a gentle peck. āPlease.āĀ
āYeah?ā he switches legs, biting your calf. āWant it that bad?āĀ
āNeed it.āĀ
He brings a hand up to your dripping cunt, dragging a curled knuckle through your wetness. You let out a keen and he grins against your leg even more, hypnotized by the way your petty little hole clenches at the contact.
Minho drags it out. Plays with you, dragging that knuckle slow-soft through your folds, avoiding your clit. You let out a sound thatās almost a sob and he chuckles, bringing his hand up to suck at the stickiness on his finger.Ā
āHmm. Sweet.āĀ
āBet itās better from the source,ā you shoot back, trying to make a jab and failing with how weak your voice is.Ā
āTrue,ā he agrees, leaning forward.Ā
Your taste blooms on his tongue as he licks up your center, slow and patient. He savors the taste, humming as he does. You buck under his mouth and he grips your thighs, pulling you open. Youāre warm and wet and perfect, and he listens to your breath hitch as he licks you slowly, making sure to circle around your clit each time.
One of your hands shoots to his hair. He doesnāt mind as you pull. The sting feels good and spurs him on, eating you out properly. He loves the sounds you make for him, loves the way your thighs twitch as he sucks your click into his mouth, tongue flicking over it.Ā
Itās wet and messy and just the way he likes it, slick dripping down his chin as he presses himself in further, desperate to fuck you into sanity with just his mouth.Ā
He doesnāt have a problem doing it. You buck against his face and he lets you, holding his tongue flat for you to grind against. Your fingers in his hair have him in a vice grip and he moans, a steady stream of mhmmm dripping sweet from his mouth into your heat.Ā
āFuck,ā you gasp. āFuck fuck fuck.ā
āCome on,ā he mouths against you. āTake what you want, baby.āĀ
The endearment slips from him more natural than anything heās ever done. His fingers squeeze your thighs as you undulate against him, his entire attention fixated on you as the begin to shake. Your hand twists in his hair and he groans, equal parts pain and pleasure as you come apart.Ā
He hums in satisfaction, keeping his mouth working on you, drinking you in as you continue to tremble. The power trip that comes with seeing you come is unmatched, lighting a fire in him as he licks you to oversensitivity.
āMinho,ā you beg, voice squeaking. He grins, kissing your cunt before he mouths his way back up to you, capturing your mouth with his. Youāre eager to taste yourself, tongue licking at him more than anything, smearing your slick on his lips. He feels his eyes roll back. Youāre going to kill him. āMore.ā
Minho would conquer the world and call it yours if you wanted him to. Thereās nothing he wouldnāt give you. Pretending otherwise was the great folly of man, he realizes, as he shuffles you up the bed and climbs between your legs, standing up on his knees.
You watch him, pupils blown and fucked out as he heaves. He can hardly catch his breath as he reaches down to take his cock in his hand, pumping leisurely as he watches you. The way you look at him like youāll consume him whole makes him shiver. He wants you to. Want you to burn him up until thereās nothing left.Ā
Leaning down, he drops his cock out of his hand in favor of sliding a hand between youāre legs. Youāre a mess of spit and cum, making the glide easy as he slips a finger into your heat to work you open. Your head falls to the side, giving him access to suck at your jawline as he fucks you open with his finger, adding a second when he knows you can take it.Ā
Your hips roll up to meet his thrusts as he scissors his fingers open, pressing against your warm walls to push the stretch further. Youāre putty in his hands but heās a mess in yours, too. Heās shaking by the time he slips his hand from between your legs to press the crown of his cock at your entrance, hesitating.Ā
Minho looks up at you. He already knows thereās no going back for him, three years of his own stubborn delusions robbing him of what could have been. But he asks, anyway. āAre you sure?ā
āIāve been sure for a long time. It was you who needed convincing.āĀ
āWhat a stuipd man I am.ā
āYes,ā you agree. āBut mine.āĀ
That drives him wild. Simple words and yet the very action of you claiming him erodes the last bit of resistance. He pushes into you and goes slow with a considerable amount of effort, shaking and panting as he tries to keep it together.Ā
Youāre warm and tight and twitches of pleasure ripple through him from cock to stomach. Minho swears he comes alive for the first time as he seats himself in your cunt to the hilt, barely able to catch his breath as he ducks down to press his mouth against yours.
Itās not delicate, but it isnāt the same ferocity as earlier. Itās something else that lingers between madness and relief. He only begins to move when he feels your hips wiggle. He smiles into the kiss, retracting his hips before surging forward again.Ā
Delirious. That is the only word that comes to mind as he starts to fuck you slow and deep. Your mouths bump together but youāre both breathing raggedly, shaking together. Your hands card through his hair, soothing and soft. His lashes flutter as he drops his head further. You press your lips against his forehead as he picks up the pace, letting your hands worship him as he fucks you.
How could he ever think he was sparing you from him? How could he ever make the mistake that if he kept on the fringes, you wouldnāt leave him ruined like this? It seems unimaginative now. Like something that was always meant to happen.Ā
No wonder Collect Co. knew he would go running to you like a dog when they assigned you to him. Everyone else could admit it except him, an egregious error on his part.
But Minho has you now. Gasping his name and moving in his arms. Rolling your hips to meet his, your cunt clenching on his cock as he fucks you harder. He wants to dig into you and never let go. Wants to sink in to the very core and live there.Ā
āMine,ā you growl as though you can read his thoughts. āEven though you tried not to be. You are mine, Lee Minho.ā
When you say his full name like that, voicing the boy who could have been and now who is, he starts to come apart. His pace quickens as he chases your second release, holding you tight to him as he feels you clench longer and longer around him until youāre sobbing his name and spilling down his shaft.
Minho all but growls your name as he comes. Never again will you be Builder. Youāre his. First and last name his to say. The acknowledgment almost makes him cry as he slows his thrusts, gasping for air as he tosses his head back, heat escaping between the two of you.Ā
Finally, he stops fucking you, hands linked with yours as he leans up to catch his breath. Heās still seated in you, feeling the cum drip between where your ass is pressed against his thighs. He doesnāt care, feeling the sweat and the water from his shoulder drip down his back.
His arm burns where heās used it. Heād been unaware of the pain while lost in you, but he feels it now, throbbing. He doesnāt care. Heād do it again a thousand times.
Slowly, he unravels from you. Your hands donāt let him go far, pulling him down next to you to roll toward. He smiles, tired and dreamy at the edges as he lets you. The bed is soft against his balmy skin, the cool air helping calm him down.Ā
Finally, both of you can breathe. He knows that he needs to shower again, but he doesnāt want to get up. He wants to keep you near. Now that heās all in, he wants to stay all in.Ā
āWe should call this place the Jungle Rodeo.ā He cracks an eye open at you to realize youāre hiding a grin as you look up at him. āYou know, since we canāt go back to Neon Rodeo.ā
āWhat is it with you and rodeos?āĀ
āYou find Cowboys at the rodeo.āĀ
āOh?ā
āAnd youāre hereā¦ soā¦ itās a rodeo.āĀ
He blinks at you. āYour intellect is astounding.āĀ
You laugh and itās like taking a JumpPack straight to his bloodstream, a rush of energy and euphoria driving him upward and toward you. He smothers you with kisses, driving by the need to taste you again. You let him, giggling.Ā
āWhat do you say then, hmm?ā he growls, nipping your bottom lip. āWant to go for another ride?ā
āThat joke was terrible.āĀ
āYou know what they say. When at the rodeo.āĀ
You laugh again and Minho is a goner once more, just like he was the first day he met you at Neon Rodeo.Ā
-
TAG LIST:
@stayceebs97 @skzswife @bettybeako
#lee know smut#lee minho x reader#lee minho smut#lino smut#lee minho x you#lee know fic#stray kids smut#stray kids fanfic#lee know fanfic#lee know x reader#lee know x you
617 notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
Itās hot outside so get hit by this bus take whv this is (Also donāt mind my writing, I aināt no writer I have written a few fanfictions here and there soo..yeah)
WHB : itās summer and itās hot / Beach dates :
Characters : gn!reader ; Belphegor ; Bael ; Gamigin ; ppyong (Juno p) +angel : Raphael
CW : Sweating ; OOC
Belphegor :
this dude just sleeps through the heat
Heās inside with the air conditioner on
You just came back from a small trip in town with Agares and Vassago, and directly joined Belphegor who was sleeping in his room, you were drenched in sweat because of the FUCKING HOT AIR OUTSIDE and you were too lazy to go shower and change into a pair of fresh and cool clothes(he rubbed off on you)
You collapsed on the bed where Belphegor was sleeping, when he felt something that resembled a wet rat, he had to wake up from the discomfort, when he saw it was you he pushed you off the bed :
āWT- BELPHI?! THIS HURTS!ā You yelled at him, he ignored you and went back to sleep, you were forced to take a shower and change when you came back he finally used you as a pillow.
Bael :
This man works through the heat (ac broken)
Collapsed bcs of the heat after waking up he started working again.
You walked inside of Baelās office, he was still working despite when entering you could feel the unbearable heat, you started sweating profusely how could Bael work in this environment??
He smelt youāre sweats and looked at you giving a weak smile, he was close to collapsing, alerted you quickly went to him and grabbed his face worry in youāre eyes :
āBael?! Your office is like an oven?!ā You said worried, he just looked at you and apologized
āSorry..the ac is actually broken but Iām used to the heat do not worry about me, go somewhere where the ac is on-ā he couldnāt finish his sentence before you dragged him out of the room, he wasnāt able to fight back because of his brain being turned to mush because of the heat.
After dragging him to a random chamber placing him onto the bed, making him drink some water, changing him into more comfortable clothes and going into the bed to cuddle with him.
He smiled softly before kissing your forehead and letting himself be taken care of by you.(Bael my beloved)
Gamigin :
Heās very worried about you staying hydrated
āPlease donāt go outside too muchā
Paradise lost, for some reason is not that hot?? But Gamigin still worries a lot about you he heard from Lucifer that humanās canāt withstand too much heat so heās constantly checking on you, giving you water to keep you hydrated!
Ppyong (Juno p) :
Spends his day at the beach to be able to cool himself in the water
Listens to Avril Lavigne while swimming
He begged MC to go to the beach with him so he could spend some alone time together! Drinking wine together, watching the sunset together, swimming, his perfect idea for a date! Sadly he canāt hang out because the others will tag alongā¦
At least he got a kiss on the forehead for the cute idea! It was worth it :
āPpyong, I mean Juno, this is a very cute idea! Letās do this next time!ā
He giggles as you kiss his forehead, his smile is super bright almost blinding you more than the sun
Raphael :
Doesnāt give a flying fck at the heat
Has tried to kiss you while watching the sunset and will continue to try when he can
Interestingly, you found Raphael at the beach while hanging out with the devils of Gehenna and when he saw youā¦He took you away from them so for the rest of the day you spent youāre time with him
It was fun! You had a really good and goofy time with him he was still acting high and mighty but he was softer than usual until the sun started to set, both of you were sitting down on the golden sand :
āThe sunset is beautiful..all those golden and pinkish mixed with a hint of blue create such a unique and ethereal lookā¦ā
He looks at you, eyes sparkling, he smiles at you as he grabs your chin and forces you to look at him, extremely gently as if he was handling a crystal glass :
āYou know what else is beautiful and ethereal?ā He looks deep into your eyes, leaning in closer to your face, when suddenly a bunch of demons intervened and brutally ended the sweet moment by starting a fight after the fight Raphael left but not without saying one last thing :
āOur moment was interrupted but weāll have time to continue it some time later. See you dearā he smirks and flies away.
Itās donneeee!! YAYY! Donāt mind it going from weird /goofy or cringe ?? To sweet, I couldnāt stop myself from writing about them I just had too before the fandom completely dies you know?? So every time I get an idea Iāll write it!! :3
#what in hell is bad#whb bael#whb ppyong#whb belphegor#whb x reader#whb gamigin#whb raphael#I was in a weird mood donāt judge me#small writing#my friend approved of this
232 notes
Ā·
View notes
Note
Getting this off my chest:
Back from a small fanfic hiatus, and I am absolutely flabbergasted by all of the fic authors now practically begging their readers to READ THE TAGS.
Iāve been seeing this warning written in summaries, in authorās notes, highlighted in all caps in the actual tags. Iāve read so many apologies written by authors in the comments in response to people chastising the author for writing what they wanted to write, for what they tagged correctly ā for what essentially comes down to nothing more than having had other people actively ignore their tags or read despite them.
And there seems to be this bizarre, somehow largely accepted idea that it is the creators job and responsibility to beseech their readers to āuse cautionā and to āstay safeā, to ābe mindful of their healthāā¦
I am beyond confused here.
Since when??? did exercising the most basic form of common sense and acknowledging oneās personal yeas and nays, likes and limitations, become some other random strangerās burden rather than oneās own? And especially a random person who tagged their work correctly??? Does no one remember how to harness their own powers of discernment and self-regulation???
This little jaunt back onto ao3 has been unlike any that Iāve ever experienced before. What. Happened?????? Who is this new, apparently severely emotionally unstable and obstinately tags-reading resistant audience everyone has come to focus on?
It all feels so out of touch. The basic concept of ao3 is for the reader to seek out what they want, not what they donāt want. And to actually read. But there seems to have been an extremely strong shift away from reading. On ao3. A site built specifically for reading and writing. (And other fandom artistic pursuits, but not my focus, atm; though Iām sure whatever this is has crept steadily into all spaces there.)
Plummeting reading comprehension must be somewhat to blame; the popularity of fanfic amongst younger and wider audiences, as well. Butā¦ young people have always been there, as far as my own experiences go, and it was never like this. Itās as if too many readers donāt know how to make good or even practical decisions for themselves anymore, that theyāve lost the skill of choosing, and now believe that they must consume everything that passes before them; ā that they have, for some reason, adopted the belief that any turmoil or dislike or discomfort felt within themselves is harm purposely being done to them by the author.
Idk. Idk, idk, idk. Itās just such a bummer to see how much nervousness and distress has entered the community. Authors notes and comments used to be hilarious fun, or a peek into someone elseās real-life world, used to be casual and full of personality, whereas nowadays, there seems to be an underlying hesitancy and distrust, a sort of growing divide between writers and readers, groups which, until recently, very much were not mutually exclusive.
--
Idiots have been around forever. The more you cater to them, the more entitled they get. It's best to shut that shit down fast and use no warnings that indicate a willingness to entertain stupid complaints.
420 notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
Well....
I seem to have found my new fixation.
But it's not Pokemon.
It's something else entirely.
Back in 2022, I had a similar bout of art/writer's block. I found a random plot generator and started getting stuff...
I eventually ended up with this;
I was hooked.
(That's old art from '22 btw)
First off, I have to say that while the story itself covers very heavy and dark topics, this post here doesn't have anything like that. So here you're safe, and I will of course apply all the necessary warnings and tags going forward! ^^
I fixated hard on that story, writing up a loose outline of basically all of it. And thankfully, I wrote most of my best ideas down, because, as tends to happen, the fixation faded after a while.
I came so close to starting it on DA back then--A prologue comic ready and everything. But I fell just shy of the courage I needed to actually publish it.
Well, now I've fallen in love with it all over again... with a new life.
I've taken the wolves' story, and merged them. :>
The characters are gonna be my plush wolf fellows/werewolves. This does mean their wolfiness will probably fall second banana to everything else going on, but... I want it to be, darn it. I'm having way too much fun with the idea! XD
Anyway, I have concept arts!
Here we have Timber (gray haired man), one of the wolves I mentioned here and the druid in this story, and Eirwen (white wolf/young girl), who is the Necromancer. :>
And the staff... One of my personal favorite new additions...
It's a creature called a Staffwyrm.
Instead of magical staves, mages in this world get magical creatures. :3
Staffwyrms are a breed of dragon specially bred to assist mages in channeling their magic. A mage acquires an egg and incubates it; meanwhile, the hatchling reads the magical signature of its soon-to-be master, morphing to appear like a branch from a symbolically relevant tree. However that symbolism applies is up to the powers that be. :)
Staffwyrms are highly attuned to the wishes of their master, and can instinctively stiffen to meet their needs. A hook to climb or grab something? Of course! A sturdy step to reach something or see higher? Might take some figuring out, but they got you! A backscratcher? Sure, why not!
A loyal pet and companion? Absolutely. <3
@puzzled-zebra commented that it had a boop button, so I had to. X3
Anyway, I've been having a lot of fun cooking up this story again. As sad as I am to apparently be taking a true break from Pokemon stuff, I'm very proud of this story and happy to have something to muse about. ^^
241 notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
Gravity Falls DVD Commentary Highlights
(just a huge, and I mean huge, dump of random quotes that stuck out to me, which I sorta separated into characters+their relationships and it's probably gonna be obvious that Stan is my fave lmao
I dunno how to make this legible for anyone but whatever, just take all these rando character tidbits. Stan Twin pranks! Sonployee essays! The concept for a post-Weirdmageddon episode that Alex insists is just too miserable but I want it anyway! The Pines family making me cry!)
Stan
"We love the idea of Stan [in Boss Mabel] having a minute to uh, having a context where we want to see him be his worst self and seeing his big brash personality in like a setting that everyone can understand, because the Mystery Shack is a little bit ungrounded because he's in his world of his characters, but seeing him out in the outside world is funny weird."
We really enjoyed the fact that he's as awful as ever and he's rewarded for it. We like those anti-morals where Stan uses his terribleness to succeed incredibly well.
I think it was a little hard for people to understand in the writer's room at the beginning of the series was that, even though Stan is following a lot of these tropes of being a miser, he's not grumpy. Like he actually loves being himself. He really revels in it like even though he's got some kind of sorrow inside, his kind of day-to-day like he's more about just the uncle who loves to hear himself and make dumb jokes than he is somebody who's mean or cruel or cynical per se.
The [NWHS] storyboards managed to make Stan this awesome action hero while still keeping him Stan. Like I like the fact that he steals a wallet in the middle of it. He steals a wallet, he smashes somebody against the wall, he sasses him but he also has this just great Inception moment. And it's because we're building to a big question about āwho is Stan?ā, I felt a moment of seeing him be kind of awesome further increases your āwho is this guy?ā He keeps going back and forth between like āoh geez my backā and you're like āall right that's the Stan I knowā and then like āwhoa, he just did an awesome jailbreak! Is he some kind of super villain? Who is he really?
There's more of Ford in Stan than I think Stan realizes that I think only comes out in certain moments.ā
Why did Stan keep a clipping of himself titled āgrifter at largeā? I think he thought he looked cool in that picture. āYou know I kind of have a Clint Eastwood look in this grifter at large photo. I think maybe I'll use this as an About the Author one day. I gotta hold on to this one. You know what, I'm a criminal but I'm a nostalgic criminal! Loving the past is my greatest crime now!ā
I know how Stan feels in this [Principal talking to his family] scene, when somebody comes in and says like āYou know what? There was a race you didn't know you were running and you're already behind, way behind.āĀ
And you know even though Stan is a guy who looks like he's having a fun time, I always, in my gut, thought of him as somebody who is a huge well of sadness, a loss of human connection. And that need to please, that trying to get laughs from the crowd and constantly telling dumb jokes and you know putting on a big show in the Mystery Shack, he's trying to get from them the affection that he never got from his family and lost with his brother.
Stan has been waiting for years to have a reunion with his brother. He's always felt like a screw-up. Stan once again had an idea of how he thought things were going to go. He thought that his brother was saying āI need your helpā for the first time. He's going to go up there, they're gonna have some drinks, they're gonna catch up and instead he ended up shoving his brother into another dimension and running out of food and money. It's sort of his worst nightmare. But this was Stan's entire character, from the very beginning of the series, was built around this idea that he's living with this tragedy. He's a guy who outwardly seems like he doesn't appreciate family but in fact wants it more than anything in the world and feels like maybe he's not worthy of it and would do anything to prove that he is.
Seeing Stan figure out what he's good at felt important to me. Like he's never been good at anything in his life and he makes a stupid hokey joke and it suddenly turns into a profit. I felt like without [showing how the Mystery Shack was created], I was missing something and understanding why he would do this, how this would be the solution to his problem.
We would like the idea that Stan appears to win through dumb luck, that it's sort of Intelligence versus Guts but Stan wouldn't actually bet everyone's life on a dice roll. He's a cheater! At the end of the day, I believe Stan has been thrown out of Vegas for counting cards and for weighing dies and I believe he could con his way out of any game, particularly for an obnoxious wizard like this. The idea that Stan would gamble everyone on pure chance is like no. No, he's got a plan. This is the guy who escaped prison using gravity leaps, he's got a way out.
The one big thing [The Stanchurian Candidate] does is really highlights Stan's inferiority complex compared to his brother. Part of what he's doing is he's trying to be an important man here and this episode is actually a pretty good setup in many ways for Weirdmageddon Part 3. When we see Ford they're all going on this rescue mission to rescue Ford and this episode shows you just how much Stan wants to be the hero like the reason that he can't shake Ford's hand when they're in that circle.Ā The cold open of this where he sees everyone loves Ford and now that Ford's back, he's the best. Stan's like āwell, how about I run for mayor!ā It's just to boost his ego and make him feel better about himself.
Dipper and Mabel
āStraight man protagonists are really hard to write because every other character had a comedic hook. We understand that Soos is kind of this weirdo, his brain is in another place. Mabel has this exuberance and sees the best in every situation and is very creative. Stan is a crooked conman. Dipper isā¦ the normal guy and a character like that can often feel like they donāt have agency, start to feel just reactive.
Waddles is Mabel's only love that lasts the summer. Mabel is very prone to love at first sight and Waddles is able to love back with Mabel's degree of love.
[In Sock Opera] Mabel's in love with Gabe, Dipper's in love with the Author and they're both willing to do something crazy to get get closer to that thing
There kept being layers of adjustment to make it, āokay what would it take to get Dipper to make a deal with Bill?āĀ 1: He would have to not understand the rules of the deal. He's been tricked, he thinks he's just giving a puppet, he didn't know was himself. Classic genie rules, you get what you wish for in a way you didn't expect.Ā 2: There's a little ticking clock that just started, which if he doesn't do it by now, he's gonna lose all this.Ā 3: Bill rightfully points out that Mabel has been kind of not sacrificing for him and he maybe needs another ally right nowĀ 4: He was sleep deprived and actually you'll notice that Dipper blinks right before Bill arrives and that's our way of suggesting that that countdown might not have even existed
I think Dipper and Mabel are of equal exact intelligence but Dipper's insecure. He sees his accomplishments as a way to make himself better and thus is motivated to focus on things that are accomplishment type things. And Mabel is very confident and likes having fun and when she's having a good time, she has a little tunnel vision for the people and the things around her. That's one of her biggest flaws. She's actually really, really sweet when she notices and understands your pain but not when she's doing a bit, when she's doing a scene, when she's doing a gag.
Ford
Originally [the fake Author] looked a little bit more like an oddball wacky inventor and I felt he had to be pretty idiosyncratic. There's certain color things about him you'll notice. He's more or less got the color scheme of the Journal, you know maroons and golds, so that you kind of feel instinctively like maybe that's him. A lot of these motifs though we would end up using in Ford's design, as well the gloves and the coat and all that but much cooler later on but preparing you, it's Ford Lite.Ā
Now this is there's no logical reason that Ford would break [the warnings about the portal] up into all these books this way but up until this point he's been shown as this sort of all-knowing mysterious Puzzle Master that it felt appropriate, even though it's not logical.
It works for the storytelling so when Ford wrote that, that's when he was super sleep deprived. He realized that Bill had betrayed him, he was starting to have a hard time differentiating between fantasy and reality, he was losing sleep and scribbling all sorts of lunatic serial killer looking stuff about the end of the world.
In Time Travelerās Pig, we see what should be a young Stanford Pines even though again, the design's a little off but we knew big sideburns, bushy hair. Although that Stanford looked a little bit more swole than this guy and that's one of the what we thought were very subtle clues in season one that helped a lot of fans figure figure everything out way too soon.
[Using the memory gun on the agents scene] needs to show that Ford's really awesome and so we could get rid of the agents and show that Ford can pretty much handle anything that Stan can't and also call back to our memory ray all in one.
There was a lot of fan speculation when we first met Ford. Generally when television shows introduce a new mysterious character late in the game, they turn out to be a villain like 9 out of 10 times. They turn out to be a villain or they're there to get killed off to show the stakes of something and like we could have made Ford evil but I always felt that that would be less interesting. The point that I was trying to get to is that Stan and Ford had this relationship that fell apart and it was both of their faults and I thought that if I'm Stan, I'd be more frustrated if Ford is actually a good guy. It would drive me insane if he's pretty reasonable, pretty rational, better at me than everything.
So we've flirted with this brief moment where it seems like he's a villain and we worked really hard to make it so that like his eyes are being covered by the reflection of the light. His dialogue is ambiguous enough here that for a moment you believe what Dipper believes, which is āmaybe he's possessed by Bill.ā You just saw him shaking Bill's hand, what is he supposed to believe?
I like that Ford has this photo with him, he had for a really really long time all the way through multiple dimensions. And he's probably told himself- I almost imagined if McGucket found that photo in his coat while they were working on the portal or something, like āWhat's this here?ā and Ford would say āoh yes, that's a photo of a very important moment! That's when Iā¦Ā that's when I first decided I want to be an inventor!ā There would be no reference to the real reason he's keeping it. āThis is me and my brother.ā It would be like, āoh yes I was thinking about science as a horizon, a frontier to reach towardsā you know like a boat, like a ship, like science! It's about science!ā
Soos
You choose family. That you create over the course of your life and if that somebody earns being your family, like the Mystery Shack. These kids and Stan, theyāre Soos' family and he's happy about that.
I feel like Soos gained something out of [Blendinās Game]. He gains the knowledge that like āI'm tired of thinking about this man who I'm missing, who doesn't care about me. I'm going to concentrate on the people in front of me, the people that are my true family.ā
Soos is a fan of the show even though he's in it. He's a big fan of Gravity Falls and [NWHS] killed him.
I always knew what I wanted Soosā end to be Soos running the Mystery Shack. I imagine that Soos is actually way better at giving tours than Stan is because he loves all that stuff truly and he believes it. That's part of the difference. Stanās like āum, all right suckers, this stagnant puddle is the befuddle puddle!ā while Soos is like āyeah, one time I looked in there, I think i saw like a cyclops dude. Like, I really think I saw one! Like it might have been a reflection combining my pupils, but like?ā and people are like āWhoa, really??ā
McGucket
They hired a bunch of people and then they erased their memory. Thatās my explanation for why there's like such amazing inventions that would take whole teams of people. McGucket secretly hired a number of contractors and erased their minds. Like I think of McGucket as being like a really sweet nice guy completely in over his head who just like āoh well, once I've erased one guy's mind, I gotta erase ten more guysā minds to cover it upā and it just sort of builds into like āI guess I'm kind of this kingpin of crime and I'm starting a cult I didn't mean to. Whoopsy daisy!ā
When we get to Ford and see their backstory and see their relationship, it just makes all the stuff that happens with the portal and what happens with Ford and all that more poignant that he had someone there who was not only his friend but also a voice of reason and telling him to stop and that he wouldn't listen to him, as opposed to Ford being down there on his own with nobody to bounce off, anybody to say āhey wait a minute, is this a good idea?ā
āMcGucket was the assistant and he was maybe this assistant who was sort of put upon and Ford kind of brought a college buddy together with him. You know Ford as somebody who lost Stan, and even though he rejected his brother, he kind of needs that other person and he tried to find that in this kind of sweet prodigy and he just pushed him too far.
[The test scene] is meant to show sort of what it was that McGucket needed to erase, what it was that drove him to madness. It was partially seeing the Nightmare Verse and the way it messed with his head and also partly just realizing that this thing has apocalyptic consequences and he doesn't want to be a part of it. And if he can't destroy it or talk Ford out of something, he can forget about it.
Because If Ford's weakness is pride, McGucket's weakness is weakness. He's got a kind heart and he can't stop people, he can't destroy things. I mean he should have basically knocked Ford out with a wrench and take this thing apart piece by piece. He's the one who understood how to build it but I think he's kind of a follower and I think he's the kind of person who could get suckered in by a cult leader. Heās the kind of person looking for instruction and he really respects Stanford and can't bring himself to uh,Ā he's like āI just got out of a bunker! I don't want to go work for another guy down in another bunker! This is my third doomsday cult this year!ā
Stan and the kids
Stan and Mabel have such a different life perspective it seemed natural that at some point they would get to a major conflict
Seeing Grunkle Stan and Dipper bond like, I sort of believe that both of them are bad with women and both of them would rather believe there's a giant conspiracy than that they have they just can't get ladiesĀ
Can this idea about Mabel's relationship with Waddles actually reveal a rift between Mabel and Stan where Mabel and Stan actually get along pretty well in the series you know? When they they're both such strong stubborn personalities that when they conflict, they conflict hard like in Boss Mabel. But this idea that Waddles is sort of aĀ metaphor for what Mabel loves and Stan loves Mabel but he doesn't really think that anything she thinks is necessarily smart or right. He loves her like āguys she's my sweet niece but she doesn't know anything you know? She doesn't know anything about a pigā She forgives a lot with Stan but like Waddles sort of represents like the purity of her deepest love and the idea that Stan would threaten that is genuinely a shock
In the previous season it ends with Dipper giving up his journal and there was a lot of argument about āoh is it lame if he just gets his journal back?ā Another thing we struggled with, we knew that Stan knows the importance of this journal he wouldn't give the journal back to Dipper so it was a bit of a convolution we'd written ourselves into a corner. We wrote ourselves out, we said āokay he's photocopied it. he's giving it to Dipper because he knows that Dipper's really precocious and he'll never stop asking.ā
āWe knew that we wanted everything to come to a head when the kids are going to discover Stan's secret and they're going to discover it in such a way that they only get little bits and pieces and they have to decide for themselves based on the limited information. Is Stan's a good guy or if he's a bad guy? Ultimately that decision will be a decision of heart versus mind. And Dipper's mind, Mabel is heart and they're fighting with the scraps of information they have.Ā Should we trust our heart about how we feel about this guy over the course of the summer and everything we've been through or should we trust the clues? That seemed like a believable way to get Dipper and Mabel to begin a rift between them that is resolved by the end of the series.ā
The way Stan acts in [NWHS] is like, to me part of what feels so grounded about it is like I'm a child of divorce and like I know that when parents or parent figures know that hard times are coming for the kids. They kind of lay it on thick they're like who wants ice cream you know what I mean? Like Stan being extra nice to them at the beginning is like it's kind of a realistic thing that that adults do when they know like big changes are coming.
I felt it was really important that we added the scene where they're at maximum bonding. They're up on the roof, they're shooting firecrackers. Stan knows in his heart that when his brother arrives everything is going to change in ways he can't predict and he's really savoring this moment because he knows, even if things goes completely smoothly, which they don't. the kids are still going to be mad at him, especially Dipper for basically lying.Ā They had this big meeting after the end of Scaryoke where of course Dipper also crossed his finger but Stan crosses his fingers and says āoh I'm telling you everythingā and he knows that the kids are not going to be happy about the fact that he's been keeping this all from them because they've done amazing things together already and he should have trusted them before now.Ā
This act break is them saying, āwait, Stan might be a random grifter who maybe killed our real uncle!ā That's pretty heavy for any show let alone a cartoon show.
What that would mean for them if all this stuff is true is so much further than just like, āoh he lied to us about a couple things.ā It's just like, āno he's straight up just some random dude that we don't even know uh and the guy that I've been pining for this whole time is dead!āĀ We really try to stack the deck so it's like Mabel's perspective and Dipper's perspective are both kind of racing to see who gets in front and there'll be a moment where it's like yeah you kind of buy with Mabel she feels good about about Stan and then this scene is the most youāre ever with Dipper where we discover this huge crazy curveball and this feeling that you have looking at this newspaper and looking through these fake IDs this is how Dipper feels all the time.Ā If you want a window about what it's like to be Dipper, this moment where a giant conspiracy reveals itself out of little pieces and seems to suggest that no one is trustworthy like that's that's where Dipper lives and this to him confirms every bit of suspicion and every bit of paranoia he's ever had and he's willing to run with it.Ā
I love these characters so much that, for me I was like āI need to see Stan saying goodbye to the kids at that bus. And I don't want him to be some guy who isn't Stan, who doesn't even remember the kids.ā That would be really dramatic. It might make you cry more but to me it doesn't actually mean anything. Their relationship which they've built, he was willing to sacrifice his memories to save them. That's how much they meant to him but because he was willing to do that, I think he deserves to get him back.
Stan and Ford
But I think Stan's hope is, that in Stan's mind this is going to play out one way which is that; he's going to free his brother, his brother's gonna come out of that portal after 30 years. Stan's probably imagining that Ford is weak, emaciated, wrapped in a blanket, that he'll stumble forward, through a beard. through blurry eyes, he'll be āmy brother, is that you?ā He'll embrace Stan, he'll hug him, he'll say, āall these years I thought I was goner but you saved me! I was wrong to mock you, I was wrong to call you the stupid twin! Dad was wrong about you! You're the greatest man and let's be friends again and who are these niece and nephew?ā Like that was what Stan was kind of hoping. He knows it's there's a million things that could go wrong, including potentially the destruction of this dimension, but he so desperately needs to believe that he can make up for the problems of the past. He's hoping for this but he knows that things are going to change
When I started the series, I always knew Stan had a twin but all I knew about Ford from the jump was that he's everything Stan Isn't. So Stan is a guy with a huge chip on his shoulder, he's kind of a loser at life. There's somebody who is a winner at life or at least was a winner in all these ways that Stan wasn't.
We realized that in order to bring out the maximum amount of frustration in Stan, [Ford] needed to have a bit of a heart. Like here we see him being kind to the kids, he's not he's not all bad which is what's so infuriating to Stan. The idea that he would quickly get along with the kids when he can't get any respect from them. Ford is designed for what would bring out the most amount of conflict in the family. What would be Dipper's hero, what would be Stan's rival and who's somebody that we could empathize with. I mean, itāsĀ hard to empathize with a character that comes out and punches one of your characters in the face, basically before he almost says anything.
You see that at this age, that all the stuff [in their room] that would cross over, that would appeal to both of them. It's not just like āthere's science stuff hereā and then there's āwhat Stan would be into.ā but no, they both like all this.
There was also a version [of ToTS] where early on, they'd rigged the school water fountain. They did sort of like a caper, it was science and a scam together when they were in elementary school but we decided to save the science for the science fair stuff.
We played around with the idea that you would see them working together doing little science games or pulling little pranks. There was actually a scene that some of it was even storyboarded where they're in a treehouse together and Crampelter and his friends have tracked them down and are begging for their lunch money and Stan and Ford have used their jerkiness and geniusness to rig up like a water balloon throwing machine that knocks Crampelter in the head. I remember him saying, āoh no, my old-timey paper crown!ā We were really hanging a lampshade on all these sort of Little Rascal cliches.
Ford's not a villain. You know he's getting in Stan's face and saying āI want my life backā but hopefully by the end of the episode even though you don't root for his perspective, you understand his perspective where it's like Stan ruined his science project, Stan shoved him into the portal, Stan took over his house. Heās not completely unreasonable to want it back and he's not completely unreasonable about his request. He says āokay you've got till the end of the summerā and Stan's little look there tells you everything you need to know about how he feels about the situation.
We needed pressure to be at the point where Stan and Ford recognize their lifelong rivalry and Ford does a sincere apology to Stan and almost more importantly, he acknowledges Stan's intelligence. He says āyou wouldn't have fallen for Bill's nonsense.ā He recognizes that his brother has a kind of intelligence he doesn't.
I always imagined that as kids, Stan and Ford were like this dynamic duo. They were getting into scrapes and like planning pranks and with Stan's creativity and Ford's genius that they were an unstoppable awesome team, before life turned them against each other. I imagine that as kids they were always swapping glasses and tricking their parents so that they could get double presents. And this is a move they did back in New Jersey constantly. We had to figure out who's gonna make a sacrifice and how and even though it's Stan who agrees to be āI'll be the one erase my mind, it's fine, it's worth itā, it's a sacrifice for both. Ford at this point is willing to get his brother back and he has to lose him again.Ā
Stan and Ford, when they can finally work together, do bring out the best in each other. They just have been missing it for so long.
Post-mind return, Stan and Ford get along and that scene where they both threaten the bus driver gives a hint of what would happen if their powers were combined. We've never seen them working together as adults, they would be a really formidable duo.
Pines Family
[The Blind Eye has] such a great scene between Mabel and Wendy. We don't have a lot of scenes that are just them hanging out and she can kind of be like the cool older sister. Mabel's so obsessed with boys and Wendy's just like "yeah, whatever. They're a dime a dozen."
āin the storyboard, the postcard that Soos is holding up from New Orleans actually said Vegas and at the last minute we got really worried that people were gonna see that and think that that was a clue that Stan was Soos's deadbeat father. And because like our audience, we've trained them to look for clues and to connect dots, they start connecting dots that are not connected. And I called a late retake because, and I see people be like, āwouldn't that be cool if Stan was actually Soos's fatherā and I hate that headcanon. Whoever's listening and you think āthat's a great idea!ā-- that's a terrible idea!! Because it means that Stan ran out on his kid and then came back in his life. And weirdly pretends to not be his dad. It flies against the moral of this entire episode which is like, you know this guy who is Soosā blood relative like cast him out and didn't come back and didn't make time for him and all these people did. These people are Soosā real family and to say āStan would be Soos' real father more if he was geneticallyāā, I'm like āno, no forget that!ā Like relationships are about what you do. To me friendship is thicker than water and family is something you can create so I really didn't want anyone to think that we were suggesting that because to me, it actually wasn't just the wrong idea, it was like thematically against what the show's about.āĀ "
"[In NWHS] Every character faces their worst possible choice, which is āMabel must choose between Dipper and Stanā and āSoos must choose between Stan and the kids,ā like āguard that thing with your life. I'm not going to explain to you why.ā I believe that Soos would do anything to guard Mr Pines's secrets and these are the only two characters that could possibly make him doubt Stan, these two kids that he loves so much."
"For [DD&MD], you want to set it up as being like [Ford]'s like the coolest toy that's down in the basement that Dipper really wants to play with and he is not allowed to play with him."
"The first three quarters of the series are sort of about Dipper's crush on Wendy and this final quarter is sort of about his crush on the Author. He's such a fan of this guy and he's so used to being denied that which he's a fan of and he's never found anybody who cares about his nerdy stuff. Mabel doesn't care, Stan doesn't care, Soos cares but on a different level. He's so hungry for the approval of somebody like Ford This idea that they would bond over a nerdy board game felt like sort of the way to do this big idea in a sort of grounded way that I like better than like Ford presented Dipper with the Five Trials of the Genius Boy. āI passed these when I was your age! Can you do it too?ā and it's like nope he just likes the same dork game that he does."
"The arrival of Ford is creating the two sets of twins starting to pair off between the Brainiacs and the Maniacs"
"Actually I enjoyed that [Ford putting the die in a cheap plastic case] got a little bit of a reckless side because it shows you the Stan part of him. The Stan part of Ford, the little bit that likes a little bit of danger, he likes a little bit of risk. If he would show that side, it would be in when he feels at ease, with a kindred spirit. Around Dipper heād be like āisn't this pretty cool?ā He'd never be that irresponsible around Stan.Ā I like that Dipper is sort of a little bit of a Achilles heel for Ford as well. Ford has certain blind spots and Dipper exacerbates some of those just because he's willing to encourage, he's willing to āyes andā Ford towards whatever dumb idea he might have."
"Dipper, Mabel, Stan and Ford, they're all characters who need each other. Without Dipper, Mabel's just in a fantasy land. Without Mabel, Dipper is just sort of just spiraling into misery, spiraling into his own neurosis and not being pulled into those social situations, not growing as a person."
"You want [Stan] to be true to our various awful grandfathers, so I feel like for the most part you know that [being shitty to women] a plausible thing for Stan to do, that you only forgive because you know he's not a role model. Nobody wants to be like Stan. The kids never look up to him. The only person who looks up to Stan is Soos and Soos is enough of a comedy character that you understand the joke is āoh this guy thinks the worst way to live is good.ā And then at one point you realize why. We made it clear why Soos looks up to Stan is because he gave him his job. He gave him a father basically, heās essentially Soosā father. And of course Stan who's had a life of just chaos and disappointment, the only person who would be a surrogate son is [Soos] but also Soos has the biggest heart in the world. So only the biggest heart in the world could forgive all of Stan's many flaws and also if Soos can love Stan, then maybe there's something in there worth loving, then maybe we can too."
"Stan, even when he's sweet, he still has to threaten to murder his niece and nephew."
"I do think the value of [Stanchurian Candidate] is that we're learning just how important it is that [Stan]ās seen. At this point, the kids have become a surrogate family. At the beginning of the show, they were just kind of a little nuisance and then he kind of tried out getting the family from them that he never got from his brother and the idea that he would lose them to his brother is his greatest nightmare and the only way he can really express that is by trying to be impressive to them and trying to be his brother's rival."
"Ford offers Dipper this apprenticeship because Ford sees Dipper as somebody who's special like himself. That Ford's great flaw is arrogance. He believes that there's special people and everyone else and that you can be held back by your siblings. That human attachments are actually weaknesses. The song and dance that he's giving Dipper right now is the exact song of dance that he gave McGucket back when they were younger which is like āsure you could continue working on your job and computers but you and me are different. We're better than everyone else, we have a path that no one else can understand. Only us can do this.ā And itās a very seductive idea for Dipper but he starts to be a little insecure here. Heās kind of āI can't believe itā and he's sort of right to be suspicious because Dipper is a smart kid but Ford's projecting. Ford loves Dipper because he sees someone who tell him yes to everything. He'll never challenge him and if Dipper had taken Ford's apprenticeship,Dipper probably would have gone the way of McGucket, turned into a kind of insane paranoid hermit with no friends, just kind of losing his mind. Like it's a seductive offer but also ultimately Dipper needs to learn not to try to grow up too fast."
"This entire time Dipper's been having this journey of self-discovery and seeing his future as this wonderful thing that he can't wait for. Mabel has been, piece by piece, seeing her idea of the summer fall apart."
"As Ford and Dipper's relationship grow stronger, Stan and Mabel also find much more sort of connection. They both feel like the sibling that's getting kind of sidelined."
"I think [amnesiac!Stan] would be hardest on Soos, second hardest on Ford but Soos would show it. Probably third hardest on Mabel, fourth hardest on Dipper just because where their hearts are. Dipper's not heartless, that's a testament to just how heartbroken those other characters are."
Series goal+ The Finale
"So our idea was; the memory gun can erase a concept as designated by the dial. It stores it. It records you and it keeps that recording and that if you watch that recording things start to come back a little bit, that it hasn't actually completely erased it from your mind. It's more sublimated somewhere where it's really really hard to reach and in the series finale, my concept of Bill is that; if he hadn't gotten in all those forms and fought Stan, Stan is the one that destroyed Bill. Were it just the mind eraser itself that he would be sublimated somewhere but he was weakened in the mindscape and destroyed in the mindscape. But Stan's memories were being sublimated and by looking at the scrapbook in the same way that McGucket's memories come back, they start to come back to the surface."
"I think part of what makes [NWHS] work also is that it has the strongest ticking clock. Yeah, I mean. it has a literal ticking clock. Also the sun is going down it's also, the town is starting to drift apart as the characters are starting to drift apart. There's just such a sense of Doomsday and even though we have like a three-part apocalypse, to me nothing feels as apocalyptic as this episode now."
"The entire purpose of [ToTS] is that Stan and his brother have had this huge rivalry that remains to this day and threatens to tear apart Dipper and Mabel and briefly does, and then Dipper and Mabel are able to find their way together, which is meant to repair Stan and his brother's past."
"Here we're teeing up the rest of the conclusion of the series which is just āwhoa this is different. The status quo is shifted and is it going to shift us?ā and that was the mission of this entire story was shift. Shift things such that it pits Dipper and Mabel against each other so that they can ultimately make things right and fix their unclesā trauma in the process."
"āLet's try to set things into motion such that all of these characters who we love, who love each other are placed at maximum oddsā. So Ford's entire existence in the series is basically a wrench in the relationships between Stan, Dipper and Mabel, that Stan has had a sibling who he didn't get along with and they've grown up having this horrible rift. Dipper and Mabel are these two twins who love each other but are very very different and are at this sort of volatile growing up moment where if something goes wrong could they turn out like Stan and Ford."
"[The convincing Gideon] scene works for me because it sort of represents the full completion of Dipper's Wendy Arc. Even though he's talking about Gideon and Mabel, he's really talking about himself. That idea that you can't force someone to love you but you can strive to be someone worthy of loving. It really does come down to like be the best you, you can be and the right person will see and feel that."
"It was gonna be W1, W2, W3 and then some kind of goodbye story. I remember it being something vaguely about some sort of other time travel. Bringing Blendin back because he just kind of vamoosed in the middle of this big story. There was that discussed like time traveling back to the first day when the kids arrived. The challenge was thinking of a valuable arc. So like each episode needs to have like a new problem and a new resolution and I was trying to brainstorm what's something that could feel valuable for like a final episode after the apocalypse, after Stan's mind has been erased and he's in the process of getting it back.Ā "
"The thing I remember I wrote one out it was it's the last day of summer. Dipper and Mabel are packing uh they're planning to go home, they're feeling like nostalgic, they kind of don't want to leave. Blendin shows up and he explains that there's all these time bubbles left over, these weird anomalies because of all the time business and what Bill has done and just to watch out and be careful. Then Dipper and Mabel actually accidentally trip into one of these bubbles that are sent back to the very first episode or actually beyond the first episode, their first day in Gravity Falls um and somehow this was meant their character arc was to go from being like a little sad that they're going to leave Gravity Falls to seeing what it was like on the first day. When they were scared to be in Gravity Falls. The idea is like their first day they're like āoh Grunkle Stan, he's this weird old man and we hate living in this house and like we missed our place of comfort back home! And this is a kind of scary new adventure that we don't like.āĀ The kids see their own growth and realize like āthe way we felt about going to Gravity Falls like we don't think we can handle it, is how we feel about leaving.ā That feeling of going into a new experience means that something new and exciting is going to happen you're going to grow. There was some thought that maybe over the course of that episode, Stan would get his memory back and something that the kids had done in the past would help him in the present, get his memory back.
"What's supposed to be happening here isn't that Stan's entire memory reappears in an instant. It's supposed to be a couple days of work and we see the beginning of that process when he looks at the scrapbook and then we're kind of jumping ahead a few days. maybe a week of just intensive memory therapy with Stan before he gets there."
"When we were trying to crack the half hour episode after Weirdmageddon, it felt like we were just kind of wallowing and Stan not having his memories. It was a very depressing thing. And we didnāt get to have Stan for the last episode, which was like āit's a great it's great i think you get the emotion like in this episode. It tears you apart when you see it. You could last a little bit longer on it. But going much longer, then you just feels like well what are we doing? Why are we just kind of wallowing in our own sorrows for no good reason.ā
"When we had discussed the idea of an episode beyond this episode, a fourth episode, it was basically 20 minutes of [amnesiac!Stan]. This is so intense, you might think you want it but good lord, this is enough."
"Bill singing āWeāll meet againā was something that just felt like the perfect reference because this is kind of an ending about endings in a lot of ways and we know we know Bill's going to be defeated. We know that people like Vill and have grown attached to him and for him to sing āWeāll meet againā is sort of the perfect mysterious way to say like āI might be going, I might not be going.ā Itās a reference to Dr Strangelove, a movie that famously ends with nuclear apocalypse and the song āWeāll meet againā so it's for those pop culture savvy. It's already tinged with a kind of a fear and an irony and the apocalypse built in, so it's perfect on a number of levels."
"The concept of the Zodiac as existing in our current canon is this idea that the prophecy was that friends and enemies would need to come together, seemingly impossible alliances would need to be made to stand up to Bill for this prophetic moment. You know that characters like Gideon who was who used to be an enemy, characters like Pacifica, like Robbie, that we've reached the point where thanks to the kidsā kindness and growth, they are now friends with Pacifica, they've resolved Robbie's jerkiness, they've helped McGucket with his memory. They've even overcome this issue with Gideon in W1 and so it seems like friends and enemies have all been restored, leaving only one thing which is Stan and Ford have to shake hands. And their pride once again is what dooms the entire world but they get so close."
"It's clear Stan, even though he's being stubborn here and holds things up, he's ready to do it.Ā He clasps Ford's hand and then Ford can't help but correct his ignorant brother with something that doesn't matter at all after professing how important all this is and how important it is to put pettiness aside, he's the one who ends up being petty in the end."
"I like that Stan [during the deal] is just thinking āall right, think white, think white, think white.ā He's like āthink about nothing but sitting on your lazy boy.āĀ "
"Stan and Bill had never interacted in the series up until this momentĀ because he had just been taken over when he was asleep. We'd seen a lot of Ford and Bill, but Stan and Bill has never happened. And Bill sort of represents all the mystery and weirdness, and Stan is the guy who just wants to have a good life and protect his family. He's the one who never invited Bill in but he's willing to take Bill out."
"If Mabel's going home with a pig, Dipper's going home with this symbol of his friendship with Wendy. And even Stan he's wearing that Mabel sweater. That's a visual symbol of; he's softened up, he's embraced family, he doesn't need to be the tough guy all the time."
#gravity falls#stanley pines#stan pines#stanford pines#ford pines#mabel pines#dipper pines#soos ramirez#fiddleford mcgucket#i haven't even gone through all the eps for this lmao i decided this was way too much#anyway gravity falls is a story of found family and moving on from abuse and hurt#it's about growing up but keeping that childish wonder with you#and also how romance is overrated lol#like seriously so much of the family is chasing after crushes and that form of love#but in the end all they need is each other and learning to love themselves#stan hating himself while actually loving being who he is hurts me real bad tho...
160 notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
ā āitāll be our little secret, professorā
āļø - pairing: eris vanserra x reader
āļø - summary: you hook up with this delicious older man for one fun night to forget your scummy ex, what do you do when the same man turns out to be your new professor?
āļø - warnings: smut, oral (m.receiving), hint of degradation, taboo relationships, student x professor, both are obviously old enough, i just want him so bad GOD
āļø - amaraās note: this is going to be a series where iāll post text threads with prof eris, headcanons, just different things. Iām planning this series to be about 10 chapters, but I literally have no structure, I just write. also i hope you like this as much as I do. and if you see any mistakes, no you donāt
In the corner of the club, everything felt a bit fuzzy. The air was thick with a mix of excitement and different scents. Dim lights created a soft atmosphere, and the distant sounds of the crowd and music blended together. It was like time slowed down, and you were in your own world, just soaking in the low-key vibe of the club corner.
The earlier shots hit you, and now you're in a blissful, relaxed state. All you could focus on were the hands exploring your body, lips locking with yours, and captivating scent surrounding you.
In the heat of the night, you ended up kissing a stranger without a second thought. The risk of being alone with someone unfamiliar did register ā you just didn't care. Discovering your boyfriend's cheating after a difficult three-year relationship, marked by numerous breakups and makeups, left you feeling free from a toxic situation.
Now, free from those shackles, you embraced the chance to breathe and have some carefree fun. You had gone out with your friends, planning to originally get black out drunk but you suppose thereās better ways to cope.
Coming up with the idea of harmless fun, you and Elain came up with new identities for everyone to play out. Providing a random name, you spun a fat lie of being an up-and-coming writer, in the middle of writing your latest novel. Falsely claiming to be older, you described a beautiful house situated on the outskirts of Prythian that you owned. It was all part of a lighthearted game, with no harm intended since you believed you'd never cross paths with the guy again. It was ridiculously easy to bag the man since he didnāt tell you anything about himself, only nodding when you talked about yourself.
The attractive stranger had dark copper hair, captivating amber eyes, and stood several inches taller than you. His eyes glistened in mirth mixed with hunger. His muscular build caught your attention, and you found yourself grabbing onto his strong arms.
If his looks didn't captivate you, his mouth certainly did. His wicked tongue unleashed clever comebacks and tantalizing dirty talk that sent shivers down your spine.
The best part? He was older, more mature, more confident and much more good-looking ā just so much more than your ex. Comparisons might be wrong, but if you had to choose, the man in front of you was a no-brainer.
Because he wasn't some guy; he was a man who acted like a man, who spoke like a man and touched you like a real fucking man.
The man had been touching and kissing you for what felt like an eternity. You greedily wanted more from him. You didn't want to regret not taking the chance, and almost as if he could sense it, he invited you back to his place.
You nodded, excusing yourself to let your friends know about leaving. Approaching them, you shared your decision to go with him, and Gwyn, Nesta, Em and Elain cheered you on. However, Feyre, always the protective friend, expressed her concern.
āGo get some, but I swear Iāll hunt him down if anything happens, got it? And have your location on.ā
Her words, while somewhat playful, held a genuine undertone of worry.
You nodded and promised her youād be safe before hurriedly made your way outside to the handsome man.
āStill want to come with me, sweet thing?ā he asked curiously, making sure it was still something you wanted.
āMm, yeah, still wanna go. Unless you've changed your mind?ā Stepping forward, you grabbed the man's tie, pulling it gently as you looked up at him with half-lidded eyes. A playful glint clouded your gaze as you cocked your head to the side, oozing confidence.
He smirked down at you with a wicked glint, clearly showing his mind was nowhere near changed. The man stepped forward, rubbing his clothed cock against your dress, making you feel his hard on through his pants
āDoes it feel like Iāve changed my mind?ā
The chemistry you had was unmatched, he was so clever and witty and you wanted to know more about him as he led you to his car, a sleek, black one, indicating money.
Youād blame your forwardness on the alcohol tomorrow when you remembered how you just blurted out the question.
āHey, you rich or something?ā you giggled.
The man opened up the backseat door for you and through the side of his eye gave you an amused smirk.
āOr something.ā he teased.
You rolled your eyes, grinning, as you hopped into the backseat, enjoying the warmth of his hands securing your seatbelt and closing the door.
But hold on, the backseat?
Weren't you supposed to sit upfront with him? Before you could ask, he opened the other backseat door and slid in beside you.
Maintaining eye contact, he grinned at your confusion and said, āAlden, please take us home.ā A faint "yes sir" was heard, and the car started moving. Shocked, you realized he had a driver ā clearly, he was quite wealthy.
You scanned the spacious car, realizing there was more than enough room for the fun activities on your mind. With a screen separating you from the driver, you unbuckled your seatbelt and moved closer, straddling his lap.
His hands instinctively found your hips, guiding your movements over him. Lips on your neck, he left dark marks as your hands ventured lower, reaching his cock, which elicited a groan from him. Your eyes widened as you felt the size of him. The man simply flashed you a subtle smile and raised his eyebrows.
You unbuckled his belt, maintaining eye contact as you carefully watched his face show pleasure as you put your hand down his pants and stroked him. You gave him a few lazy strokes, eventually shuffling off his lap and kneeling infront of him, ready to put your mouth to use.
Time became irrelevant and all that was heard were the sinful, obscene noises mixed with his hisses of pleasure as you sloppily bobbed your head up and down, swirling your tounge around the head, running your finger over the slit.
āFuck yeah, thatās it. Could use this slutty little mouth forever.ā he rasped, hips bucking as his hands went to your hair, slightly pulling on it as you let out a muffled whimper.
Pre cum and spit dripped down your chin, slowly making itās way to your chest and floor as you pushed your head down further and further, feeling satisfied at his sounds of pleasure.
Once, twice, you grip on the shaft and slap the tip on your tongue before sucking on the sensitive head.
With a quick twitch of his cock, he cums, experiencing euphoria in his buzzed state. He gasps and moans pitifully as his lips twitch between his teeth and his hips buck into your mouth against his better judgement. You pump your hand at the base of his cock where you are unable to fit, swallowing as much of the hot, sticky ropes that coat your mouth as you can. As he pours into you, the walls of your pussy clench around nothing, so badly wishing your were sitting on the cock that was currently on your tongue.
His cum was everywhere - your hair, your face, your tits. He slumped against the seat and moved his eyes down back to you, catching you licking of the sticky residue of your fingers.
Before either of you have a chance to say something, the car slows down to a halt signaling that youāre probably at his place. He tucks himself into his pants and doesnāt buckle them before he opens the door and grabs you, throwing you over his shoulder as you laugh. Your mind forgets about the fact that youāre covered in his cum and just blanks when you take a look at his so called house, a mansion or a fucking estate is more like it.
The lengthy driveway opened up to a stunning front yard adorned with red and orange-leaved trees, an unusual scene for the end of summer. A well-lit, ornate fountain with three tiers stood proudly infront of the house, enhancing the beauty of the surroundings. The massive Victorian mansion, with its beautiful windows and overgrown vines stunned you.
He set you down and held your hand as he led you into his room, and it overmet your expectations. Instead of a dark, edgy space, it was spacious with earthy tones and bathed in soft ambient lighting. The room exuded comfort, making you wish to stay longer. His bed, adorned with a large fluffy comforter and a million pillows, looked inviting.
Various trinkets and figurines adorned the room, but what captured your attention was a massive bookcase showcasing your favorite books. Intrigued, you dropped his hand and made your way over. Your eyes widened at seeing a book from your wishlist, yet to be released. Confused, you asked how he had it, and he explained that Sellyn Drake was an old family friend and had gifted it to him.
You decided to tease him about the book, saying, āYou know, I've heard great many things about this book. How about you tell me what it's about? I heard it had some... exciting scenes.ā
His eyes met yours, and with a subtle smile, he stepped closer and closer, āHow about I show you instead?ā The air seemed to thicken with a hint of tension, leaving you curious and captivated by the possibilities that lingered in his suggestion.
āā
Your legs trembled as you hastily stood up, determined to make your exit. Having been fucked stupid all night, dawn was approaching, and the new semester was starting tomorrow, leaving you with a load of preparations. You located your dress, bag, and heels, putting the clothes on carefully. Quietly, you ordered a cab to avoid startling the man still asleep. Before leaving, your eyes lingered on his bookshelf. Tiptoeing closer, you took the book you'd eyed the night before and read the teaser on the back. Glancing between him and the book, grabbed it, and silently left his room and house.
āā
Feyre, Elain, Nesta, Gwyn and Em, your friends and roomates, practically pulled you across campus to grab your schedule and check out the new students filling the cafeteria. The buzz of excited chatter and the aroma of coffee and sweet pastries filled the air as you scanned the room. After a few moments, you parted ways, each heading to your respective classrooms, the anticipation of a new semester buzzing in the atmosphere.
You wandered through the literature building, searching for classroom LE4, the place where Advanced Literature with Professor Beron awaited. Memories of your first year with him being an absolute ass lingered, so you hoped he'd calmed down over the summer, giving everyone a fucking break.
You finally entered the huge lecture hall and climbed the stairs, opting for a seat at the back, hoping to fly under the radar in case Professor Beron was in a bad mood.
A few rows down, you spotted your ex, Ilias, with a new girl on his lap. His sleazy smile and wandering hands were more icky than anything ever. Reflecting on why you ever went back to him so many times, you turned around, focused on bringing out your notebook and computer from your bag. As the doors opened, the click-clack of quality shoes echoed through the hall, accompanied by girly giggles and voices creating a murmur in the background.
A jolt of surprise froze you, and your heart seemed to pause for a moment as his voice unexpectedly filled the room. All your previous movement ceased, and a sudden hush fell over the surroundings, creating an atmosphere charged with unexpected tension. The shock of hearing someone you hoped thought to see again made time momentarily stand still.
āHello. I'm Professor Eris, and I'll be taking over this class. My father used to teach it but has passed away, so I'll be filling his shoes. I anticipate a productive year together. If you doubt your ability to keep up with the rapid pace of this advanced class, I suggest you leave now and spare yourself, as well as me, the trouble.ā
Panicking, your eyes scanned the room for any possible escape route. There was just no fucking way you could be in this class when your professor had fucked you against his bookshelf, or when you had his dick shoved down your throat. Sinking in your seat, you desperately opened your computer, using it as a shield, praying he wouldn't notice you. The need to escape intensified, but the fear of drawing attention kept you frozen in your seat.
As dread crept in, he pulled out an attendance list. The sinking feeling deepened as he insisted everyone state why they chose the course. Hiding behind your computer, you debated revealing your presence or attempting to stay under the radar.
"Ilias Smith?"
"Emma Wilson?"
"Jess Lennox?"
"Amanda Gomez?"
Each one confidently declared "here" and delved into passionate remarks about Hemingway, Austen, Kerouac, all the authors that made them choose this course or whatever. Your hands started sweating as Professor Eris called your name. When you hesitated, he repeated it louder, his gaze scanning until it locked onto you.
Anticipating an intense reaction, all you saw was a slight narrowing of his eyes.
āWell? Are you here, Y/N L/N?ā
You mumbled a faint "yeah," and when he asked why you were there, your words fumbled, āUh, I suppose because I like books. A huge fan. Yes.ā
Your classmates chuckled at your less-than-impressive answers, and you sunk back into your chair, just observing for the rest of the lecture. A few rows ahead, a group of girls giggled, thinking they were discreet as they whispered about Professor Eris. Their discussions about their fantasies sparked a tiny irritation within you.
Like who the hell gossips about someone, so crudely in broad daylight and during a lecture, especially when it's about a professor? It wasn't jealousy, no, no definitely not.
You just found itā¦ super unsettling.
āā
After two suffocating hours, you hastily packed your bag, eager to escape. But just as you were about to disappear, your name echoed in the room.
āMiss L/N, do you mind staying behind? There seems to be a problem with your email,ā Professor Eris announced, leaning against his desk with his massive arms crossed. He bid the remaining students goodbye and waited until they all left before locking the doors.
The moment those doors clicked shut, the atmosphere in the room shifted dramatically. The tension became so thick you could practically cut it with a knife.
He turned back around and approached you, merely a few inches away, face a mix of amusement and curiosity.
āHello there, little liar. I certainly didnāt expect to see you here.ā
Your cheeks heated and nervousness filled you at the memory of the depraved moments you'd shared, causing your gaze to involuntarily drop to his chest and wander downward, reliving those sensations.
However any nervousness vanished as you remembered that he was the one who came to your university. If anyone shouldāve been surprised it shouldāve been you. A mischievous smile played on your lips as you toyed with the idea of making his year more challenging. Testing how good of a man he really was became a tempting game.
After all, a man like him wouldn't indulge a student, right?
This could turn into a fun little project to spice up an otherwise dull year.
Lifting your chin up, you looked him square in the eyes as your lips twitched in anticipation.
āI could say the same, Professor Eris. You definitely donāt seem like the lecturer type.ā
His eyes narrowed at you, jaw clenching as his intense gaze bore into yours. The intensity made you shift a little, almost causing you to lose some of your confidence.
āDo you think you're funny? I believe you understand the situation here. You lied and now you're here of all places. As my student. Well, this is an unexpected twist. One of us will have to quit and report this,ā he stated, injecting a hint of playfulness into his serious tone.
Wait, quit? No, you really didn't want him to leave. This could turn into such a nice little distraction, and there was no way you were losing it now. The thought of him leaving added a layer of urgency to the situation, making you quickly reassess the potential consequences.
āCome on, professor. It doesn't have to be like this. I won't tell anyone. And who says we have to stay away from each other? I mean, what the dean doesn't know won't hurt him, right?ā you suggested, a sly smile playing on your lips as you flirted with the idea of bending the rules.
Eris looked you up and down before throwing his head back and letting out a hearty laugh. Your brows furrowed as you twisted your lips, wondering if he was laughing at you. Was he not taking you seriously? Despite the uncertainty, the desire to keep playing this game with him intensified.
Eris seemed to notice your mood turning sour and promptly clamped his lips shut.
āI promise, sweet thing, I'm not laughing at you. Iām just amazed at your boldness.ā he assured you with a more serious tone, attempting to dispel any misunderstanding.
āPromise?ā
He stepped forward, āCross my heart and hope to die.ā
You both knew that under no circumstances should you be doing this. If anyone caught you, there would be hell to pay. Expulsion and blacklisting from any other Ivy League universities for you, and definitely prison or some sort of pesky law thingy for him.
Yet the mere thought of engaging in something so wrong and secretive made your stomach flip, a mix of thrill and anxiety churning within you.
Looking up through your lashes, you blushed, a deep crimson hue spreading across your cheeks as you once again grabbed his tie and pulled him closer.
āI promise I won't tell anyone, professor. It'll be our little secret,āyou whispered, the words laden with a taboo excitement that sent a shiver down your spine.
A wicked gleam flashed in Eris's eyes, and a subtle smirk tugged at the corners of his lips.
āWell then, miss L/N,āhe whispered, his voice low and conspiratorial. āLet's see just how well we can keep our little secret.ā
#talkswithamara#acotar#acotar x reader#a court of thorns and roses#acotar imagine#eris#professor eris#i need eris so bad rn yāall iām not joking#eris acosf#eris vanserra acotar#eris vanserra x reader#eris vanserra#eris acotar#eris x reader#professor eris vanserra#student x professor#professor x reader#tabooromance#nesta archeron#feyre cursebreaker#feyre archeron#elain archeron#emerie#gwyneth berdara#feyre archeron x reader#nesta x reader#elain x reader#azriel x reader#rhys x reader#cassian x reader
805 notes
Ā·
View notes
Note
Strawhat reactions to a chiropractor or massage therapist joining their crew? (Sfw) I know they get injured and could use it.
I love those random ideas lately šhelps me out if my writer blockš
šStrawhat + chiropractor/massage therapist reader joining their crew
Mostly them reacting to you proposing them a session
Luffy
Heās so fucking excited. Heās jumping everywhere, begging to be your first client. Heās already laying down in your office to have his body cracked, but then you realize as you do it that his body is literally made of rubber and itās impossible for you to work on him. When you tell him the news, heās whining and tells you to try againš Heās all pouty so you decide to massage him and that put him out to sleep real quick. He went from sulking to sleeping. When he woke up, he commented about how good this was and truly he never felt this alive in a while.
Zoro
He would totally refuse at first and complain about how he doesnāt need it and how he only needs to rest a little (a good nap), and he will be fine. But then you actually try to convince him to do it, as you saw how much his body had to go through with his training, the battles, his poor sleep positionā¦ He finally agrees only after Chopper tells him how it can better his performance and make him feel more relaxed. He barely admits that it did in fact made him feel better, but now he jumps to the occasion whenever you propose it š¶š»āāļø
Nami & Robin
The girls are so freaking happy especially Nami. She pretty much asks you for a session whenever she feels sore after working hard on maps or when she had to fight. She chats to you about life and tell you some gossips. She loves to make conversation and treat it a bit like a spa day.
Robin was down to try it, but she usually use her devil fruit if she feels sore somewhere and need to release some built up tension, because of stress or battles. Basically, she never needed someone for that, but after Nami told her how amazing you were, she gave it a try. Sheās mostly silent and take this time to relax her body and empty her thoughts.
Usopp
Heās a bit scared at first because he heard some people talk about horror stories at the chiropractor. He heard some people got their bones cracked with no going back to normal or how some doctor were secretly psychopath ššš To say the least, he really didnāt see the appeal to risk his life like this š If you poke fun at his ego, he might do it just to prove it to you that he isnāt scared (his legs are shaking the moment he enters your office). He has difficulty relaxing which put you off , You have to wait for couple minutes, make him sips some relaxing tea. When it finally happens, heās bragging about how cool it is and how everyone should do itš there is legit nothing to be scared off pfff???
Sanji
I donāt know why, but I get the feel Sanji would somewhat be shy š When you ask him if he wanna have a session to help with his stress, he would just look at you like š³?? He would try to make analogy to food, like itās a bit like how he hit(?) the meat before cooking it so itās tender, but in that case itās gonna make him relaxed. You kinda just stare and nod because whut š He honestly could use it with all the cooking he does and the fights. He loved it but he got flustered a lot. He was red-shy when he left š¶š»āāļø
Brook
Heās a skeleton.
Franky
Finally FRANKYYY, this man was BORN for this. He is so excited and is so talkative. He asks you when you started and why did it became your profession. He pretty much tell you to only focus on the back of his body because itās less solid than the rest of his cyborg body. So you went in for a massage and heās really vocal through it. As it ends, he tells you heās happy you joined and he will be a regular which makes you laugh because you two are literally on the same boat lol š
#one piece#one piece headcanons#one piece x reader#tomiewritesš·#one piece zoro#zoro headcanons#franky#one piece franky#one piece sanji#sanji fluff#sanji x reader#zoro x reader#zoro fluff#luffy fluff#luffy x y/n#monkey d. luffy#one piece luffy#sanjionepiece#sanji headcanons#zoro roronoa#nami#nami x reader#nami fluff#robin#robin one piece#robin fluff#usopp#straw hat usopp#usopp fluff#usopp x reader
734 notes
Ā·
View notes
Text
#Encantober
Encantober is an Encanto fandom event with themes to challenge artists and writers throughout the month of October (link to theme list in a copy/pasteable format here). Encantober is open to any and all art and writing, including sketches, drabbles, one-shots, and more.
Fanworks can be shared via the #Encantober tag on tumblr and/or posted as part of the AO3 collection here.
The goal of the bingo event is to fill five prompts in a row horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. You can use the bingo card on this post, or send us an ask to receive an individual randomized card. You must send the ask off anon, so that we can respond privately.
Rules:
Works must be a part of the Encanto (2021) fandom. OCs, AUs, and crossovers are permitted.
Works must adhere to one of the Encantober themes.
Series of Encantober works are welcome.
No incest.
QA:
Q: Can you explain the free space? A: "Comment 5+ people" means comment on works for this year's Encantober posted by at least five different people. This can be a (positive!) comment left in the tags or body of a reblog, or a comment on AO3. It's our reminder to check out what everyone is doing!
Q: Can I link prompts together? Or cover multiple prompts with one work? A: Linking works together to create a story series is a wonderfully creative idea! However, combining multiple prompts into one work defeats the purpose of the multi-prompt challenge. Each work (or chapter in a series) must focus on one prompt.
Q: Do I have to complete every prompt? A: You do not! The goal is to fill five prompts in a row, but you can choose to complete fewer, or more. This is meant to be fun, so please donāt stress yourself out.
Q: Do I have to complete prompts in a specific order/at a specific time? A: Not this year! Fill out your bingo card at your leisure :)
Q: I followed all the rules. Why arenāt my posts being reblogged? A: Either you didn't indicate which prompt you're filling, forgot to tag #Encantober, or the admin team just missed it! Weāre doing the best we can across time zones <3
Browse:
Use the links below to find the works for each prompt in our archive!
River Return Truth Haunt Healing Coffee Poetry Recipe Relaxation Discovery Regret Recognition Wall Leaves Team Umbrella Build Thread Cheese Sign Mountain Secret Rose Burn
121 notes
Ā·
View notes